Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Auto - Manufacturers / MA Financial Group / FY2022 Annual Report

MA Financial Group
Annual Report 2022

MAF · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MAF
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Auto - Manufacturers
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · MA Financial Group
Loading PDF…
Annual Report2022We respectfully acknowledge the 
Traditional Owners of lands across 
Australia and pay our respects to their 
Elders, past, present and emerging. 

Our head office is located on Gadigal land.

MA FINANCIAL GROUP LIMITED

Registered office

Principal place of business
Level 27, Brookfield Place
10 Carrington Street 
Sydney NSW 2000
Tel: + 61 2 8288 5555

MAFinancial.com

KEY CONTACT:

Jane Clapcott
jane.clapcott@mafinancial.com

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report01 

ABOUT

About MA Financial Group 

Independent Chair’s letter 

Joint Chief Executive Officer’s letter 

2022 at a glance 

Year in review 

02 

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT

Sustainability report 

03 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Directors’ report 

Letter from the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 

Remuneration report 

Auditor’s independence declaration 

04 

FINANCIAL REPORT

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Consolidated statement of cash flows 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

Directors’ declaration 

Independent auditor’s report 

05 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dividend details 

Glossary 

Corporate directory 

4

11

13

15

16

25

38

45

46

67

70

71

72

73

74

141

142

149

151

153

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report01 01 AboutMA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportMA Financial Group is a diversified financial services firm specialising in managing alternative 
assets, lending, corporate advisory and equities with a strong focus on growth and innovation. 

In our thirteenth year of operation, our strategy remains the same, source great people, empower 
them and provide the infrastructure to succeed individually and as a team. This strategy, coupled 
with a focus on alignment of interest, provides the foundation to grow our diversified business 
sustainably across many specialisations.

Founded in 2009, the Group has built on its capabilities as a corporate advisory business, 
growing an alternative asset management business with $7.8 billion of assets under 
management (AUM) and, more recently, a diversified Lending and Technology business. Our 
focus has been to build specalised expertise and capabilities in deep addressable markets. 
Where we see strategic benefit, we have invested in operating capability to complement our 
investment capability, including retail shopping centres and hospitality venues. Today the Group 
employs over 600 people in Australia, China and Hong Kong. A key MA Financial principle has 
been to attract and hire the best people and empower them to reach their full potential. This 
approach has been consistent throughout MA Financial’s journey and is pivotal to our success.

5

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAbout MA Financial GroupOur purpose and values 

MA Financial is focused on delivering long term value to  
our clients and partners, our shareholders and our people.  
We do this by:

•  partnering with clients who value strong alignment, 

complementary expertise and sustainable performance

•  empowering our people through a culture of growth, 

cohesion, innovation and accountability

•  delivering a high standard of technical expertise in both 

investment and advisory roles

•  being active managers of risk.

Differentiating Values and Behaviours

Growth
•  We actively seek sustainable  

value creation

•  We are committed to continuous  

improvement and technical excellence

•  We pursue ongoing learning, and we invest in 
practical individual and team development

Cohesion
•  We recognise the whole is greater  

than the sum of its parts

•  We encourage each other to pursue  

opportunities and empower one another  
to succeed

•  We actively find solutions, not problems

•  Our growth is always paired with acting  

•  We value diversity

with integrity

Innovation
•  We uncover opportunities others may  

miss and transform them into actionable  
and meaningful outcomes for our clients

Accountability
•  We accept our commitments and  
are accountable to deliver on them

•  We own and discuss our mistakes  

•  We constantly develop and share new ideas 

and learn from them

•  We are entrepreneurial and think and act like 

•  We actively think about and manage risk

business owners

•  We speak up and we don’t accept inappropriate 

•  We are hard-working and resilient

behaviour and actions

6

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAbout MA Financial Group 
Asset Management

Lending & Technology

We manage funds for institutional, high net worth and retail 
investors across a diversified range of strategies including 
real estate, hospitality, credit, private equity and venture 
capital. The team also manage traditional asset classes such 
as cash, bonds and listed equities.

In total, we have $7.8 billion AUM across 50 funds, distributed 
and actively managed by teams of experienced investment 
professionals. 

The business benefits from deep operating expertise and 
capability; we believe the in-house management of operating 
assets can help us to deliver superior returns and best 
manage risk. The investment teams also benefit from sharing 
expertise across the Group, gaining sector insights and 
access to differentiated investment opportunities. 

In Real Estate, we manage a diversified portfolio of retail, 
office and industrial assets, backed by strong operating 
capabilities. In 2022, we entered into a joint-venture with 
Centuria Capital Group and purchased ‘Allendale Square’, an 
A-Grade office asset in Perth. 

The Group’s Hospitality platform, MA Hotel Management, 
applies sector expertise to a high-quality portfolio of 40 hotel 
venues. This includes the Redcape Hotel Group, a $1.4+ billion 
unlisted hospitality fund, open to retail investors. 

We have expertise in providing credit to borrowers and 
structuring transactions across a range of asset classes and 
economic conditions. These capabilities are applied across 
our credit investment strategies, spanning real estate credit, 
private credit, structured finance, cash and bonds. 

Our Lending & Technology division uses the combined 
expertise we have in credit advisory and credit investment. 
It comprises a technology-enabled Residential Lending 
Marketplace and differentiated lending platforms. 

Lending & Technology is highly symbiotic with our growing 
credit investing activity. We can originate credit assets on a 
proprietary basis with tailored underwriting standards and 
utilise our in-house expertise to manage the loan portfolios. 
It also provides us with actionable insights and market 
intelligence, an important strategic advantage when investing 
in credit. Similarly, our credit investing activity enables our 
Lending & Technology division to scale while optimising 
capital efficiency. This is a key differentiator for the division, 
compared to traditional finance companies.

Residential Lending Marketplace 

Our Residential Lending Marketplace was established in 
2022 following the successful acquisition and integration of 
mortgage aggregator Finsure. Today the marketplace has over 
$90 billion in managed loans for over 350,000 borrowers. 
It provides core infrastructure for over 2,600 broker and 
features 80 lenders offering more than 4,500 products. 

When combined with our residential lender MA Money, and 
Middle, a digital tool helping brokers collect verified financial 
information for loan applications, the Marketplace will help 
us become a meaningful lender to Australia’s $2 trillion 
residential mortgage market, and an originator of attractive 
credit assets for our Asset Management business. 

Lending Platforms

We have two lending platforms. MA Money provides 
residential loans to prime, near-prime and specialist 
customers nationally. Our Specialty Finance business is 
focused on high-margin, lending opportunities. It includes our 
legal disbursement finance activities and bespoke receivable 
funding initiatives, including the CommissionNow product 
designed for Finsure brokers.

7

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAbout MA Financial GroupCorporate Advisory & Equities

Our Corporate Advisory & Equities (CA&E) division provides 
strategic and financial advice for mergers and acquisitions, 
equity capital markets (ECM), debt capital markets (DCM), 
restructuring, research and cash equities trading. Our 
specialised sector capabilities include real estate, credit and 
restructuring, technology and small to mid-cap industrial 
companies. 

We have a long-standing strategic alliance with NYSE listed 
global investment bank Moelis & Company who own 13.4% of 
the Group’s issued capital. The strategic alliance is beneficial 
to both parties by:

•  Providing access to a global network of advisory 
executives sharing intellectual capital and client 
relationships 

•  Facilitating cooperation on cross-border or industry 

specific advisory mandates 

•  Benefiting from a recognisable global brand in corporate 

advisory activities 

Since 2009, we have advised on over $102 billion of 
transactions and raised over $13.9 billion of equity capital 
on behalf of our clients. Our Equities business provides 
securities research, sales and trading execution services to 
institutional clients, and complements the Corporate Advisory 
business by providing ECM expertise and distribution 
capabilities to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients. 

8

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAbout MA Financial GroupMA Financial in the community 

Our core value of Growth is about much more than financial performance. 

Growth is about our people. It’s about creating opportunity for our growing team of 600 employees, 
and the 4,700 people who are employed by the companies and funds we invest in. Growth is also 
about our impact in the community and supporting our charity partners to reach their full potential. 

MA Foundation

Established in 2018 the Foundation has donated over $7.7 million to 35 charities to date. The 
activities of the Foundation are led by our people, and more than 80% of Foundation receipts 
arise from employee pledges. This is a testament to our workplace culture that places great 
importance on supporting our communities. 

The MA Foundation has three Community Partners as part of our giving programme.

•  GO Foundation – a focus on education and working to create a brighter future for 

Indigenous Australians 

•  Beyond Blue – supporting millions of Australians achieve their best possible mental health 

•  Mirabel Foundation – assisting children who have been orphaned or abandoned due to 

parental illicit drug use and are now in the care of extended family. 

In the 2022 annual Christmas appeal, employees raised over $6,000 for the children in the care 
of Mirabel Foundation.

9

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAbout MA Financial GroupMA Financial in the community 

Sydney Contemporary 

Publinc

In 2022 we continued our successful partnership with 
Sydney Contemporary Art Fair hosting over 500 clients, 
partners, and employees during the four-day art festival. 
Sydney Contemporary is known for the diversity of artists 
represented and we were delighted to host select clients 
and celebrate the works of female emerging artist Nadia 
Hernadez, and art curator Annika Kristensen. 

As members of corporate Australia, we recognise our role in 
helping to bridge the gap in providing the necessary support 
to ensure the future of emerging artists, and a thriving cultural 
sector for the benefit of all Australians.

Regional engagement

We have supported cultural ties between Australia and our 
regional neighbours through active engagement with and 
sponsorship of the Australia–China Business Council, the 
Migration Institute of Australia and the Australia–China 
Relations Institute.

Publinc Communities is our Hospitality venues community 
programme. Publinc Communities is a purposeful social 
impact programme driven by customers connecting with 
their local community and giving back. Together with 
our customers, Publinc has partnered with more than 80 
community groups. 

In 2022, Publinc Communities made $917,000 in financial 
contributions to more than 130 charities and registered clubs, 
and our teams provided 1,900 hours supporting the program 
and its partners. 

Non-for-profit services provider, Sunnyfield disAbility 
Services, received a grant from Publinc Communities to 
increase independence and enhance the lives of Sunnyfield’s 
clients living with a disability.

10

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAbout MA Financial GroupIndependent Chair’s letter

It is a pleasure to write to my fellow shareholders 
and report on the performance of our company  
in 2022.

MA Financial Group performed extremely strongly 
in 2022, achieving record Underlying revenue of 
$302 million, 41% higher than in the prior year 
resulting in a 29% growth in Underlying earnings  
per share to 38.3 cents per share, also a record  
for the company.

years of ongoing investment in our 
business platform and capability. 
We have undertaken a deliberate 
strategy to build a diverse 
company, enabling it to grow 
through market cycles.

share is up 18% on 2021. “Our  growth is the result of many 

We achieved strong growth in our Asset Management division 
and through the successful acquisition of Finsure. The 
addition of Finsure, which has grown under our ownership to 
manage $91 billion of residential mortgages representing over 
350,000 individual borrowers, represents valuable technology 
enabled infrastructure in the Australian residential mortgage 
sector. The data and insights we now gather in this $2 trillion 
market significantly enhance our capability as a credit 
originator and manager. Our deep capability in credit asset 
management is reflected in the fact that we have originated 
directly from our lending platforms over 75% of the credit 
assets we manage today. Increasingly we are not buying credit 
assets in the secondary market, we are manufacturing them.

In 2022 our overall assets under management grew by 13% 
to $7.8 billion. This represents impressive growth when 
considering that when we listed in 2017 we had just $1.1 billion 
under management.

The Board is pleased to declare a fully franked final dividend 
of 14 cents per share to add to our interim dividend of 6 cents 
per share. The combined full year distribution of 20 cents per 

11

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAdditionally, back in October 2022, the Board announced a 
$25 million market buy-back, which remains ongoing. These 
initiatives reflect MA Financial’s strong financial position and 
the Board’s confidence in the Group’s continued positive 
momentum. 

As our company grows, an important element is the 
significant and growing proportion of our revenue 
that is recurring in nature, underpinned by consistent 
and predictable revenue streams. This should provide 
shareholders with great confidence that we can continue 
to grow, deliver solid results and importantly, strategically 
invest in growth opportunities as they are identified by our 
management team. 

Our strong earnings growth has been the result of many years 
of ongoing investment in our business platform and capability. 
We have undertaken a deliberate strategy to build a financial 
services company that is diverse, enabling it to grow through 
market cycles.

Our business is largely focused on the specialised 
management of alternative asset classes while also 
maintaining global strength in corporate advisory through 
our long-term partnership with NYSE listed investment bank 
Moelis & Company. We have significant investment and 
operational capability in the active management of Credit, 
Hospitality and Real Estate assets. We are very proud that 
our expertise in each of these alternative asset strategies 
has seen each of them achieve a compound growth in assets 
under management exceeding 60% per annum.

Active management of these asset classes involves greater 
operational expertise and infrastructure than just the financial 
management of tradeable fixed income or equity securities. 
We have built our capability over many years.

During 2022, as the interest rate cycle turned, inflows into 
our Credit funds almost doubled on the previous year to 
$1.1 billion. This momentum has continued into 2023 and we 
believe credit fund investing has long-term macroeconomic 
and demographic growth tailwinds. Our investment in our 
Credit and Lending platforms has been a conscious strategy 
to harness these tailwinds. 

Similarly, the Group’s hospitality assets benefited from strong 
valuation gains and positive trading performance during 
2022, demonstrating the defensive nature of their operating 
cashflows and ability to weather market cycles.

Flows into Asset Management funds also benefited from the 
increased diversity of our client base. We now source capital 
from clients in 30 different countries globally. 

International client inflows, unrelated to migration programs, 
were almost double those received in 2021. Less than 18% 
of our gross inflows in 2022 were from migration-related 
investor channels reflecting the diversity in the business and 
our ability to adapt to changing conditions.  

This investment in our Lending & Technology division will 
deliver future growth as we build a Residential Lending 
Marketplace to scale into Australia’s $2 trillion mortgage 
market by leveraging the strategic strengths of the MA 
platform. These include being able to access diversified 
sources of capital for growth, rich market data and insights, 
unique distribution capabilities and proprietary technology 
we have developed in-house. This includes an exciting digital 
experience for mortgage brokers and borrowers called 
Middle, which we believe will revolutionise the way mortgage 
brokers do business.

The quality of our people is the real key to our success. The 
ability to attract, develop and retain the best people is at 
the core of our thinking. During the year we have made a 
significant investment in our working environment, having 
moved into new best in class office premises, as well as 
employee development via the MA Academy. Further, we 
continue to refine our remuneration structures to provide 
appropriate incentivisation for senior staff that aligns with 
positive shareholder outcomes. 

Many years of empowerment and training coupled with our 
history of high retention of key staff means we enjoy long term 
stability and focus. This has helped us to deliver compound 
annual EPS growth of 23% since our listing on the ASX in 2017. 

As MA Financial’s activities grow and diversify the Board 
continues to increase its focus on sustainability issues. We 
are proud of our approach and development in sustainability, 
with our second annual Sustainability report reflecting our 
increasing maturity in Environment, Social and Governance 
practices. From an environmental sustainability perspective, 
this has been a key year, with the company reporting 
a baseline figure for our carbon footprint, whilst also 
committing to a Net Zero target by 2050 and a 50% reduction 
in Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030. As we develop our 
capability, we will further refine our targets and data integrity 
in this area.

Reflective of our aim of increasing Board independence  
and diversity, we appointed Nikki Warburton to the Board  
of Directors in December 2022. Nikki has 30 years’ 
experience in consumer, brand, and marketing across a  
range of industries including automotive, advertising and 
media. She has joined the Board as an Independent Non-
Executive Director.

I would like to thank our Board, senior executives and staff 
for their continued hard work, dedication and skill through 
another period of significant business growth. Maintaining our 
strong workplace culture based on our key values of growth, 
innovation, cohesion and accountability remain key to our 
continued success.

Thank you for your ongoing support of MA Financial Group. 

12

Jeffrey Browne

Independent Chair

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportJoint Chief Executive Officer’s letter

pleasing result illustrates 
our considerable 
capability to successfully 
invest and actively 
manage credit, hospitality, 
and real estate assets. 

“Asset Management’s 

We are pleased to present the 2022 MA Financial Group 
Annual Report. 

Our 2022 financial year results reflect the value of our 
diversified firm and our intentional strategy to build a 
resilient business which can withstand challenging economic 
conditions. This strategy has allowed us to successfully 
invest in growing the business, while delivering record 
shareholder returns. 

Financial Performance

MA Financial Group delivered a strong performance to report a record 
Underlying net profit of $61.4 million, up 44% on financial year 2021. 
Underlying earnings per share of 38.3 cents are up 29% on 2021. 

Our Asset Management division remains a significant contributor to 
the firm delivering a record result with Underlying EBITDA up 78% to 
$103.5 million driven by strong performance fees and a 36% increase in 
recurring revenues. 

Growing investor inflows saw Assets under Management increase 13% 
on financial year 2021 to $7.8 billion. 

Gross inflows of $1.5 billion were driven by strong growth in our credit 
funds largely due to increasing investor demand for strategies offering 
income stability and security against rising interest rates. 

Our Hospitality assets continued to perform well with operational 
earnings and a strong transactional market supporting both distribution 
and valuation gains in 2022.

In Real Estate, we took a more cautious view in 2022 as the probability of 
much higher interest rates weighed on our conviction to invest. 

Reflecting our increasingly diverse source of funds, the division’s inflows 
from international investors, unrelated to migration programs, increased 
97% on financial year 2021 to $508.8 million. 

Asset Management’s pleasing result illustrates our considerable 
capability to successfully invest and actively manage credit, hospitality, 
and real estate assets. 

Our Corporate Advisory & Equities division performed well despite 
the difficult market conditions. We advised on a range of completed 
transactions worth $13.9 billion, up from $5.8 billion on 2021, and 
strategically invested in new resources to increase our capability in the 

13

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAssets under management  
as at 31 December 2022

$7.8b

13% increase from  
December 2021

small to mid-cap industrials sector. Revenue for the Corporate 
Advisory & Equities division was mildly impacted by the 
completion timing of several transactions that were largely 
completed in 2022 but will close in early 2023. 

The growth of our Lending & Technology division continued 
at pace as we begin to realise our ambitions for this business. 
Our strategy is to create a tech-enabled, highly scalable 
lending ecosystem that generates fee-based income, spread 
income, and delivers primary origination investment product to 
managed credit funds in Asset Management. 

Consistent with this objective, we established a technology 
enabled Residential Lending Marketplace through the 
acquisition and successful integration of Finsure in 2022. 

Today the Residential Lending Marketplace is core 
infrastructure for over 2,600 brokers to access more than 
4,500 products from 80 lenders, for more than 350,000 
borrowers. The platform was also delivering considerable 
growth. The number of brokers subscribing to Finsure was  
up 24% on 2021, while managed loans increased 37% to  
$91 billion.

This Marketplace is strategically valuable, particularly when 
combined with our residential lender MA Money and our real 
estate credit funds. In 2023 we are also launching Middle, a 
digital tool designed to help mortgage brokers and borrowers 
collect verified financial information for loan applications, into 
the Marketplace. 

In 2022, we continued to develop our Lending Platforms. We 
invested significantly in MA Money, boosting the range of 
residential loan products and services on offer to drive growth. 
Our Specialty Finance business has expanded its range of 
high-margin, bespoke lending opportunities. Overall, the 
Residential and Speciality loan book grew 98% to $393 million.

The combination of our Residential Lending Marketplace 
and our complementary Lending Platforms will enable MA 
Financial in becoming a meaningful lender and provider of 
technology-driven infrastructure to Australia’s $3.5 trillion 
credit markets*1. 

1  Source: RBA, D2 Lending and Credit Aggregates, December 2022.

Underlying NPAT

$61.4m

44% increase  
from 2021

Lending &Technology is highly symbiotic with our growing 
credit Asset Management activities. It enables us to originate 
credit assets on a proprietary basis, with tailored underwriting 
standards, and service loan portfolios in-house. It also 
provides us with actionable insights and market intelligence, 
an important strategic advantage when investing in credit.

Investing for sustainable growth 

MA Financial experienced continued expansion in 2022, 
adding approximately 100 employees via organic growth, 
and an additional 102 employees following the acquisition of 
Finsure, and MA Money. 

Our culture and client-focused way of working remains a 
competitive advantage for us, and we aim to protect it as we 
grow. Through our continued work on diversity and inclusion, 
we strive to build a balanced business that encourages 
innovation, drives growth, and represents the broader 
community we serve.

As mentioned in the Chair’s letter, we are proud of our 
development in sustainability, with our second annual 
Sustainability report including a baseline figure for our carbon 
footprint for the first time. We are committed to ensuring our 
growing business is sustainable. 

All that was achieved in 2022 was the result of the dedication 
and efforts of our people and we extend our thanks to them 
and our leadership team.

Finally, we would like to thank you, our shareholders, for your 
ongoing confidence and support. We look forward to updating 
you throughout 2023. 

Christopher Wyke & Julian Biggins

Joint Chief Executive Officers

14

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report2022 at a glance

Statutory revenue1

$332.9m

46% increase  
from 2021

Assets under management  
as at 31 December 2022

$7.8bn

13% increase from 
December 2021

Underlying Return  
on Equity4

15.9%

MA Foundation donations

$7.7m

Since establishment in 2018

Cash and cash  
equivalents

$144.6m

FY22 acquisitions

Statutory EBITDA3

$118.9m

65% increase  
from 2021

Statutory NPAT

$44.9m

40% increase  
from 2021

Statutory earnings per share

28.0¢

26% increase from 2021

Full year dividend  
per share

20.0¢

Fully franked 
18% increase from 2021

Underlying revenue2

$301.8m

41% increase  
from 2021

Underlying EBITDA2

$106.7m

51% increase from 2021

Underlying NPAT2

$61.4m

44% increase  
from 2021

Underlying earnings  
per share2

38.3¢

29% increase  
from 2021

1  Statutory revenue refers to total income on the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

2  Underlying revenue, Earnings Before Interest, Taxation, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA), Net Profit After Tax (NPAT), Return on Equity 

(ROE), Earnings Per Share (EPS) and other measures of Underlying performance are not prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are not audited. Detailed reconciliations between the Underlying and statutory measures are set out in note 3 of 
the 2022 Financial Report and in the Group’s FY22 Investor Presentation.

3  Statutory EBITDA is not a recognised IFRS measure but has been presented to give a comparable measure to the Underlying result.

4  Underlying ROE is Underlying NPAT divided by average equity for the year.

15

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Overview

The Group recorded total comprehensive income for the year of $45.8 million (2021: $48.1 million) and profit after income tax for 
the year of $44.9 million (2021: $32.0 million). Basic earnings per share was 28.0 cents, an increase of 26% on the prior year.

Statutory results

Total income

Profit before tax

Profit after income tax

Total comprehensive income

Underlying results1

Revenue

EBITDA

Net profit after income tax

31 Dec 2022 
$’000

31 Dec 2021 
$’000

Movement 
%

332,942

60,969

44,855

45,754

31 Dec 2022 
$’000

 301,799 

 106,720 

 61,436 

228,735

48,710

32,041

48,065

31 Dec 2021 
$’000

214,788

70,904

42,628

 46% 

 25% 

 40% 

(5%)

Movement 
%

 41% 

 51% 

 44% 

31 Dec 2022 
cents

31 Dec 2021 
cents

Movement 
%

Statutory Underlying

Statutory Underlying

Statutory Underlying

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)

 28.0 

 38.3 

 22.3 

 29.6 

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

 26.9 

 36.9 

 21.2 

 28.1 

Full year dividend (cents per share)

 20.0 

17.0

29%

31%

26%

27%

 18% 

1  As announced on 9 June 2022, the Group amended the Underlying treatment of mark to market movements of investments by removing any 
unrealised gains or losses from Underlying revenue. The Underlying results for the full year ended 31 December 2022 reflect this revised 
approach with comparatives restated accordingly.

 Non-IFRS Underlying results

The Group also utilises non-IFRS Underlying financial 
information in its assessment and presentation of Group 
performance. When reading the Group’s results, we note 
there are some Underlying adjustments that a reader may find 
useful to understand in more detail. For further information 
on adjustments between statutory and Underlying results, 
please refer to the detailed reconciliation provided in note 
3 of the 2022 Financial Report and to the explanation in the 
Directors’ report as to why the Directors believe that, when 
read in conjunction with the statutory results, the Underlying 
measures are useful to the reader.

Underlying revenue was up 41% on the FY21 result, as 
all business divisions experienced strong activity levels. 
Underlying EBITDA was up 51% on FY21 as strong revenue 
growth offset a 36% increase in expenses related to 
the acquisition of Finsure and MA Money and continued 
investment in platform capabilities to support our growth 
strategy. Importantly Group EBITDA margins improved on 
the prior year to 35.4%. As a result of this strong growth, 
Group Underlying EPS grew 29% on FY21 and the Group’s 
Underlying Return on Equity was 15.9% for the year.

16

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Our business 

The Group operates three divisions being Asset Management, Lending & Technology and Corporate 
Advisory & Equities. Unallocated costs associated with the central executives and corporate support 
functions are shown separately as Corporate Services.

In what was a volatile and uncertain year there was solid performance across the divisions. Key highlights include the strong 
EBITDA growth in Asset Management, and the continued scaling of the Lending & Technology division, both organically and 
through the acquisition of Finsure and MA Money. The Group continued to make significant investment in the platform with the 
hiring of new resources and delivery of new premises in Sydney, Melbourne and Hong Kong. 

The Group’s Underlying divisional measures directly align with the segment measures required by AASB 8 Operating Segments. 
Further information and reconciliations are provided in note 3 of the 2022 Financial Report. The table below shows the divisions 
respective contributions to Group Underlying EBITDA and NPAT.

31 Dec 2022 
$’000

31 Dec 2021 
$’000

Asset Management1

Lending & Technology

Corporate Advisory and Equities

Corporate Services

Underlying EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Interest expense

Income tax expense

Underlying NPAT

103,477

15,611

13,982

 (26,350)

106,720

 (11,121)

 (7,834)

 (26,329)

61,436

58,128

7,817

21,949

 (16,990)

70,904

 (4,710)

 (5,297)

 (18,269)

42,628

1  The Priority Income Funds (PIF) strategies have been moved from Lending & Technology to Asset Management given they are third-party 
managed funds. The Underlying results for the year ended 31 December 2022 reflect this revised approach with comparatives restated 
accordingly. 

17

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Asset Management 

The Asset Management division reported a record result 
in the year with strong growth in revenue underpinned by 
continued investment in the platform and capability. Asset 
Management contributed 78% of FY22 Group Underlying 
EBITDA before Corporate Services. Underlying EBITDA of 
$103.5 million was up 78% from $58.1 million in FY21, due to a 
36% increase in recurring revenues and strong performance 
fees growth of 116% on FY21. 

Assets under Management (AUM) grew by 13% over the year 
to $7.8 billion at 31 December 2022. Gross fund inflows of $1.5 
billion, were up 17% on FY21, a strong result and a testament 
to the growing diversity of our distribution channels and 
tailored product offering, especially in credit. 

Gross inflows from Domestic clients continued to build 
momentum, up 26% to $609.1 million from $482.0 million in 
FY21. This is reflective of the Group’s significant investment in 
its domestic distribution platform and the growing popularity 
of the Group’s credit product offerings. 

Gross inflows from International High Net Worth (HNW) 
clients were impacted by a reduction in flows arising from 
International Migration HNW applicants as visa processing 
was interrupted by COVID related lockdowns in China and 
Hong Kong. As such gross International Migration flows 
reduced 52% to $273.3 million from $565.1 million in FY21. 

This was offset by a near 100% increase in gross inflows from 
International Non-Migration clients as the Group focuses on 
leveraging its expanding network of International HNW clients. 

Pleasingly, the ongoing investment in the development of an 
Institutional distribution channel saw gross inflows of $140.6 
million in the year from a prior year base of nil. 

The key highlight for the investment strategies was the 
impressive performance of the Credit investing division. The 
asset class and fixed income nature of the product suite 
resonated with investors with nearly 80% of Group net flows 
going into Credit related strategies. The Real Estate Credit 
strategies grew to $1.1 billion of AUM and the PIF strategies 
exceeded $0.5 billion of AUM.

The Group’s Hospitality platform benefitted from strong asset 
price growth and operational performance throughout the 
year, with the combination of these two features delivering 
large performance fees to the Group. Transactional activity 
was measured, with the Brunswick Hotel acquisition in early 
2022 and the sale of Minskys for a $16.2 million premium to 
book value by Redcape Hotel Group the key highlights.

Real Estate adopted a cautious approach throughout the year, 
selectively acquiring deep-value office assets in Adelaide and 
Perth, both in partnership with Centuria Capital. Furthermore, 
two retail assets in Dandenong and Warnambool were 
realised in 2022, returning capital to investors. 

18

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

The Private Equity and Venture Capital strategy continued 
to grow a maturing pipeline of realisations which provided 
a steady flow of performance fees in 2022. The new MA 
Sustainable Future Fund was launched in the second half of 
the year and saw strong investor demand for the portfolio 
of assets that were seeded by over $15.0 million of balance 
sheet capital.

The Equities investment division was impacted by the 
uncertainty and volatility that was widespread in the global 
equity markets in 2022. Whilst performance was down on the 
prior year, we maintained positive net investor inflows in 2022.

AUM growth translated into strong fee revenue growth, with 
recurring revenue up 36% to $125.7 million, driven by a 28% 
increase in base management fees to $92.4 million and an 
81% increase in Credit Funds income to $25.7 million. Credit 
Funds income includes non-base fee recurring revenue 
contributions from the Group’s two key credit fund strategies, 
the Priority Income Fund (PIF) and Real Estate Credit. 
PIF strategies were previously reported in the Lending & 
Technology division but have been reclassified back into  
Asset Management to better reflect their operations as  
third-party managed funds. 

Transaction and performance-based revenue increased 
76% to $61.2 million, lifted by growth in performance fees 
largely arising from the strong performance of the Group’s 
Hospitality assets. Both transaction and performance fees are 
becoming a more consistent contributor to earnings as AUM 
increases and the Group’s investment strategies mature and 
diversify, albeit FY22 was an exceptionally strong period for 
performance fees.

The realised gains on the Group’s equity investments 
delivered an $10.9 million gain relative to a $5.0 million gain 
in FY21. This was primarily due to a reduction in the Group’s 
investment in Redcape Hotel Group, leaving a co-investment 
holding of just over 10%. 

Expenses of $94.3 million were up 27% on FY21 due to the 
continued investment in people and capability to support 
growth as well as the inclusion of a full 12-month period 
of RetPro. FY22 was an elevated year for investment in 
the platform and the pace of new hiring and investment is 
expected to reduce as the platform becomes more scalable.

A S S E T S   U N D E R   M A N A G E M E N T

A S S E T S   U N D E R   M A N AG E M E N T   ( $ ’ B )

$5.4b

$4.9b

$3.7b

$6.9b

0.3
0.9

1.6

1.5

2.6

$7.8b

0.3
0.7

2.5

1.8

2.5

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

Real Estate

Hotels

Credit

Equities

PE/VC

19

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Lending & Technology

The Lending & Technology business was the focus of major 
investment in the year as the Group executed on its strategy 
to build an integrated mortgage marketplace. In February 
2022, the Group completed the acquisition of leading 
mortgage aggregation platform Finsure, followed by the 
acquisition of the remaining 52.5% of residential mortgage 
lender MA Money (formerly MKM) in March 2022. 

Finsure’s performance in the year exceeded expectations, 
growing broker numbers by 24% and increasing its Managed 
Loans by 37%, from $66.5 billion to $91.0 billion.

Finsure delivered FY22 Underlying revenue of $30.1 million 
comprising:

• 

• 

• 

 $18.7 million of recurring subscription fees and trail 
commissions; 

 $4.3 million of activity based upfront commissions and 
other fees; and a 

 $7.1 million positive movement in the net present value of 
future net trail commissions. 

Coupled with prudent cost management this resulted in 
Underlying EBITDA of $16.4 million, reflecting a margin  
of 54.6%. 

The Lending platforms of MA Money and Specialist Finance 
grew the total loan portfolio by 98% to $392.6 million at  
31 December 2022 driven by the MA Money acquisition. 
The division’s spread income reduced by 19% to $11.0 
million due to the accelerated investment in the MA Money 
platform and the recycling of a large specialist loan into 
asset management product. This recycling, whilst reducing 
spread income, reflects the strength of the Group’s integrated 
business strategy by returning over $30.0 million of capital 
to the balance sheet and improving return on invested capital 
(ROIC) in the Specialist platform from 19% to 63% in 2022. 

The significant investment in the MA Money business across 
people, platform and technology has been a drag on its 
contribution and returns in 2022. This is expected to continue 
in 2023 as the business scales and positions itself to take 
advantage of the substantial opportunity for long term growth 
in the residential mortgage market. 

Corporate Advisory & Equities

The Corporate Advisory & Equities (CA&E) division was down 
on the record earnings performance in FY21, declining 10% 
on the prior year largely due to challenging equity capital 
market (ECM) activities and Equities revenue being impacted 
by softer market volumes and team rebuilding. 

Corporate Advisory fees were down 7%, representing 
revenue per executive of $1.0 million, slightly below the 
Group’s target productivity range of $1.1 to $1.3 million. 
Activity was broadly spread across the division’s core 
capabilities of real estate, technology and mid-cap industrials. 
The business advised on $13.9 billion of transactions during 
the year, up on $5.8 billion in FY21. This was led by the 
Group’s role advising CPH on its stake in Crown Resorts. 
ECM activity continued to slow in 2H22 due to the ongoing 
challenging market conditions in the year. 

Expenses were in line with the prior year despite average 
Advisory headcount growing from 51 to 58 staff. The Group 
will continue to develop and grow the division but will remain 
selective in its approach to hiring, always paying regard to the 
maintenance of its revenue per head target range, discipline 
in the cost base and the consistency of earnings productivity 
in the business over the long term.

20

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Financial position

Statutory total assets amounted to $2,246.2 million (2021: 
$872.9 million) with net assets of $409.6 million (2021: $370.0 
million) at the year ended 31 December 2022. 

The statutory consolidated statement of financial position 
includes the consolidation of two credit funds managed by the 
Group, two specialist lending securitisation trusts and three 
mortgage securitisation trusts associated with the MA Money 
business. These special purpose funding vehicles contain 
liabilities which are secured only by the assets of these entities 
with no further recourse to the Group.

Management utilises an Operating balance sheet which 
predominantly excludes the special purpose funding vehicles 
when reviewing the Group financial position. The Operating 
balance sheet presents a simplified view of the total 
economic exposure of the Group and the capital available to 
management to allocate. A reconciliation of the Operating 
balance sheet to the statutory consolidated statement of 
financial position can be found in the Group’s FY22 results 
presentation. 

31 Dec 2022 
Statutory 
$’000

31 Dec 2021 
Statutory 
$’000

31 Dec 2022 
Operating 
$’000

31 Dec 2021 
Operating 
$’000

Assets

Cash

Loans receivable

Contract assets

Investments

Goodwill and other intangibles

Right-of-use assets

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Borrowings

Contract liabilities

Fund preferred units

Other financial liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Net tangible assets

 144,589 

 855,482 

 607,232 

 287,898 

 185,018 

 61,773 

 104,242 

 2,246,234 

 371,505 

 571,365 

 568,584 

 116,419 

 208,774 

 1,836,647 

 409,587 

 240,108 

 242,861 

 342,449 

 - 

 190,232 

 27,895 

 9,874 

 59,561 

 872,872 

 120,030 

 - 

 286,290 

 - 

 96,519 

 502,839 

 370,033 

 343,418 

 98,803 

 8,959 

 35,866 

 210,549 

 185,018 

 61,773 

 73,660 

 674,628 

 237,170 

 50,530 

 - 

 171,289 

 27,895 

 9,874 

 61,329 

 558,087 

 95,030 

 95,030 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 170,011 

 265,041 

 409,587 

 240,108 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 93,024 

 188,054 

 370,033 

 343,418 

Notable movements in the Group’s Operating balance sheet 
were centred on the deployment of cash. Group cash reduced 
in the year as capital was allocated to acquisitions, with 
a particular focus on the Lending & Technology division’s 
acquisition of Finsure and MA Money with a combined 
consideration of approximately $160.0 million. These 
acquisitions were funded predominantly through a capital 
raise of $100.0 million in December 2021, and the associated 
share purchase plan of $20.0 million in January 2022. 

Net tangible assets decreased during the year as a result of 
the utilisation of cash to fund the acquisition of MA Money and 
Finsure, and the recognition of the related intangible assets 
upon acquisition.

The year saw a high level of rotation of both short term 
growth investments and long term strategic investments. This 
dynamism underpins the ability of the Group to support future 
growth and is reflected in the recycling of over $100.0 million 
of prior investments and, excluding the acquisition of Finsure 
and MA Money, the re-investment of some $115.0 million into 
new and existing strategic initiatives. 

21

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Financial position

The Group’s investments, including strategic and co-investment positions, are shown in the table below

Cash

Lending (MA Money & Specialty Invested Capital)

Co-investments

Priority Income Funds (PIF)

Redcape Hotel Group (RDC)

Other equity investments

Total investments

Key movements related to:

31 Dec 2022 
Operating 
$’000

 98,803 

 8,167 

 72,940 

 77,909 

 57,086 

 3,406 

 318,311 

31 Dec 2021 
Operating 
$’000

 237,170 

 43,060 

 43,706 

 49,442 

 84,339 

 1,272 

 458,989 

•  The utilisation of cash to fund the acquisition of Finsure and MA Money

•  The refinance of disbursement loan receivables of $32.0 million to provide additional credit product for Asset Management 

investors and improve Group returns on invested capital

•  The continued co-investment in the PIF strategies, acquiring a further $32.0 million of “first loss” B units

•  $30.0 million realisation of the investment in Redcape Hotel Group following the successful delisting in 2021

•  The provision of $30.0 million of seed capital for the new and existing funds including the MA Sustainable Future Fund.

22

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Financial position

Capital management

The Group manages its capital with the aim of ensuring that it 
will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising 
the return to shareholders through the optimisation of the 
debt and equity capital balances. Fundamental to this is 
maintaining a strong balance sheet, which supports the 
business through economic shock but also facilitates 
attractive investment opportunities.

During the year the Group declared an interim dividend of 6 
cents per ordinary share (2021: 5 cents). Subsequent to year 
end the Directors have resolved to pay a final dividend of 14 
cents per share for the FY22 year (2021: 12 cents), an 18% 
increase in full year dividends over FY21.

The Group successfully raised $100.0 million from the issue of 
12.9 million ordinary shares through an institutional placement 
in December 2021. The associated Share Purchase Plan 
closed in January 2022 with a further 2.6 million ordinary 
shares issued, raising an additional $20.0 million. 

In September 2022, the Group successfully refinanced $25.0 
million of maturing notes through the issue of a new $25.0 
million fixed coupon note program maturing in 2027. This 

increased tenor and fixed coupon adds to the conservative 
positioning of the balance sheet. Furthermore, during the 
year the Group entered into a new $40.0 million revolving 
working capital facility with a major domestic bank. The facility 
was undrawn at 31 December 2022 and will provide further 
flexibility and firepower for the Group into the future.

The Group recognises that debt is an important component 
of a balanced capital structure. Whilst the Group utilises both 
recourse and non-recourse debt to fund its growth objectives, 
we will continue to adopt a prudent approach to the use of 
debt capital.

This approach to debt in conjunction with the strong level 
of average cash holding throughout the year is indicative of 
a consistent approach in managing the Group for the long 
term and we will remain patient and prudent when deploying 
capital. Fundamental to this is maintaining a strong balance 
sheet, which not only stands us in good stead through 
economic uncertainty but can also facilitate attractive 
investment or business opportunities.

23

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportYear in review

Financial position

Risk management

The Group faces a range of risks to achieving its financial 
objectives, the most material of which are summarised below. 
This summary is not a comprehensive outline of every risk 
associated with the Group’s financial prospects, and other risks 
may emerge. The Group’s overall risk management framework 
is summarised in its Corporate Governance Statement, 
available on its website, and in the Sustainability report. 

As a financial services provider, the Group is mindful of the 
importance of trust with counterparts and preserving a strong 
reputation to enable the business achieve its strategic goals. 
We are mindful of this in all risk contexts and in our decisions 
and actions. 

Cyber risk

The Group depends on a range of information systems which 
carry a risk of unauthorised use or external compromise. This 
could result in financial loss, the disclosure or loss of personal 
and confidential information, disruption to operations, poor 
client service, regulatory sanctions and reputational damage. 
The volume and sophistication of cyber threats facing 
businesses in Australia has grown in recent years.

The Group maintains an experienced corporate technology 
team which manages its core technology infrastructure and 
supports our operations, including by assessing new systems 
and software. The team engages in continual improvement 
of the maturity of the Group’s cybersecurity controls which 
includes continual threat monitoring and penetration testing 
by third-party experts. The team’s work is supported by 
documented policies and procedures, and training for staff on 
related risks. A comprehensive IT Disaster Recovery Plan is in 
place to promote effective incident response.

Regulatory change

The Group is subject to regulatory obligations in relation to 
the activities that it undertakes. There is a general risk that 
new or changed regulations could require significant spending 
on compliance, contribute to higher risk of non-compliance or 
impact on the profitability of certain lines of business.

The Group recognises specific risks in relation to the current 
Australian government review of immigration policy inclusive 
of its Significant Investor Visa program (SIV). The Group 
manages investment funds for SIV applicants via its Asset 
Management division. The Group has made submissions to 
government as part of the review and, as set out in the Market 
Update published on 12 September 2022, has engaged in 
careful analysis of this risk and contingency planning. 

Another current source of focus is discussion regarding 
reform of gaming regulations in New South Wales. The 
Group manages and operates some assets with exposure 
to gaming in NSW (via the Redcape Hotel Group). A move to 
‘cashless gaming’, for example, would require investment in 
the development and deployment of technology. Our hotel 
operator, MA Hotel Management, has a strong track record in 
the responsible operation of hotel and gaming facilities. It will 
continue to monitor developments and respond constructively 
to regulatory change as it emerges.

Investment risk

The Group’s Asset Management division oversees 
institutional, wholesale and retail investments across a range 
of asset classes. This exposes the Group to associated 
operational and market risks, which can result in investment 
returns that compare poorly to expectations, benchmarks and 
peers. In turn, a poor investment track record may affect the 
Group’s ability to attract and retain clients, which can reduce 
overall assets under management and materially affect long 
term revenues and earnings.

The Group manages this risk through the careful selection of 
investment strategies, and clearly defined, effective processes 
for due diligence and portfolio management. Client reporting 
puts investment returns in context and explains the outlook. 

Retaining talent

The Group has invested significantly in recruiting, developing 
and retaining its people. Across divisions and business units, 
talented people are a source of competitive advantage and 
play an important role in delivering long term, sustainable 
value to shareholders and clients. The Group operates in a 
competitive market for talent and counters the risk of staff 
attrition through a comprehensive focus on culture and people 
and a competitive remuneration structure, which is discussed 
elsewhere in this Annual Report. 

Volatility in levels of business activity

Some of the Group’s lines of business are subject to 
inherently more revenue volatility. In particular, our Corporate 
Advisory and Equities division reflects clients’ appetites to 
raise finance, take part in mergers and acquisitions, and 
engage in equities sales and trading, which is influenced by a 
range of factors including economic conditions and sentiment. 
Overall, the Group has diversified sources of income and is 
therefore less dependent on inherently volatile revenues.

24

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report02 Sustainability reportMA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAt MA Financial we believe building a sustainable business generates better outcomes for all 
stakeholders including shareholders, employees, clients, investors, and the communities in 
which we operate. Sustainability is about making decisions for the long term and, as significant 
owners in the business, management places a long-term lens on decision making and strategy. 

Sustainability scorecard 2022 - the highlights

Launched  
MA Academy  
Lecture Series and  
training modules 

Achieved 33% female 
representation on MA 
Financial Board

Formed an  
MA Foundation  
Employee Advisory 
Committee 

Disclosed 
emissions  
of 1,673 t CO2-e  
and committed to  
Net Zero by 2050  
for direct 
operations

Launched  
MA Sustainable  
Future Fund 

Asset Management Division 
becomes signatory to UNPRI 

ESG Steering Committee 
established

In 2022, considerable progress was made to our sustainability 
framework and reporting, particularly in assessing the most 
material aspects of sustainability to our business and our 
stakeholders. 

This report highlights sustainability procedures and practices 
within the business and outlines focus points for future 
development. MA Financial reports with reference to the 
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards to create the 
framework and define its approach to sustainability.

26

MA Financial Group MA Financial Group ||  2022 Annual Report2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportMateriality assessment

We report on material topics relevant to our business and 
environmental impact. In 2021 we defined our materiality 
process to identify and validate our sustainability material 
topics. We analysed the material topics with reference to: 

•  sector and peer reporting 

•  expectations expressed in global ESG frameworks and 
standards including GRI, Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board (SASB) and Task Force on Climate 
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 

•  standards applied by leading ESG rating agencies. 

M AT E R I A L I T Y   M AT R I X

The analysis considered our business nature as a diversified 
financial services group specialising in Asset Management, 
Lending & Technology, Corporate Advisory & Equities and the 
strategies within. We then considered the sustainability topics 
identified to determine their overall materiality to us. The 
topics and their prioritisation were reviewed and endorsed by 
the Board. Topics were prioritised based on their materiality 
level as set out in our Materiality Matrix below: 

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
s
o
t
e
c
n
a
v
e
e
R

l

Most material

Material

Systemic risk management

Data privacy 
and security

Govenance and 
compliance

Ethical 
behaviour

Health and safety

Diversity

Employment

Talent development

Product design and lifecycle management

Important

Climate change

Community investment

Human rights

Energy and emissions management

Waste management

Water management

Governance and business model

Social

Environmental

Significance of impact

Industry Associations and Memberships 

MA Financial is a member of and supports the following organisations. Our involvement is designed to contribute to long term 
value creation for our stakeholders and communities.

27

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSustainability report 
 
 
Position on Climate

MA Financial’s environmental, social and governance (ESG) practices continue to evolve as the Group increases in scale 
and broadens its business interests. Minimising the impact our firm has on the environment is important to us. By acting in a 
thoughtful and responsible way, and in line with Government guidelines, MA Financial aims to deliver net zero emissions by 2050 
for our direct operations and reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions intensity per employee by 50 percent by 2030. To achieve our 
Scope 1 and 2 emission reductions for our direct operations, we will progress the development of a Climate Change Action Plan 
by the end of 2023.

For our Asset Management division, MA Financial is a signatory to the UN Principles for Responsible Investment and is working 
through associated implementation plans. We expect to include an update on our progress in our 2023 Sustainability report.

Stakeholder engagement 

Our stakeholders are wide ranging and have a distinctive set of interests and priorities. They include shareholders, financers, 
employees, fund investors, clients, governments and regulators, and industry groups. We engage with our key stakeholders 
through a range of channels. The main groups and their areas of focus are outlined here.

Stakeholder

Engagement approach

Areas of focus 

Shareholders 

Employees

Fund Investors and Intermediaries

Clients

Investee Companies and their 
communities 

Industry Groups 

Annual General Meeting 
Full and Half Year results 
One-on-one engagement meetings 
Engagement with proxy advisors 

Annual employee engagement survey
Monthly CEO updates
MA Academy 
Employee Intranet

Regular monthly and quarterly Fund 
reporting
Access to online investor portal
Access to Fund materials 
One-on-one engagement meetings 
MA Financial website 
Access to dedicated Client Services team 
Technical Education

Conferences and Events
One-on-one engagement meetings 

Governance 
Climate change management
Remuneration Framework

Culture 
Diversity
Wellbeing 
Employee development
Best practice retention and attraction
Remuneration

Governance
Responsible investing 
Consistent sustainable returns 
Product sustainability

Governance
Responsible investing 
Quality advice
Trusted relationships

Investment decisioning
Regular management engagement and 
reporting 
Board representation 

Industry memberships and participation
Roundtables 
Conferences
Joint submissions to policy-makers 

Governance 
Responsible investing
Trusted relationships 
Product sustainability
Community trust and relationships 

Industry partnership and collaboration 
Government and policy maker 
engagement 

Governments and Regulators 

Meetings with policy makers
Industry memberships and participation 

Governance 
Community trust and engagement

As our business evolves, we will ensure our channels of stakeholder engagement continue to facilitate relevant insights and help 
us validate the Group’s sustainability approach, and shape new perspectives.

28

MA Financial Group MA Financial Group ||  2022 Annual Report2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportSustainability framework

Our sustainability framework contains six pillars and illustrates our approach to sustainability. 

Talent development and  
wellbeing
•  Attracting, retaining, motivating, 
engaging and developing our 
workforce

•  Supporting the health, safety and 

Strong governance and ethical 
behaviour 
•  Creating sustainable value 

through effective governance, 
strong ethical practices and 
accountability

well-being of our people

•  Overseeing internal and external 

Sustainable business model
• 

Incorporating sustainability factors 
into our businesses, operations, 
products and financial services 
offerings

compliance

•  Embedding systemic and active 
risk management in our financial 
services

Diversity and inclusion
•  Promoting and maintaining a 

Environmental impact
•  Understanding the impact of 

diverse and inclusive workplace

climate change

•  Minimising our environmental 
footprint focusing on energy 
and emissions, waste, and water 
management

Socially Responsible Behaviour
•  Safeguarding the privacy and 
security of our customers 

•  Protecting human rights in our 

value chain

•  Contributing to our community

29

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSustainability report“[insert quote text]

We are pleased to provide an update on our approach to each of these six pillars.

Talent development and wellbeing 

Our people

Culture and belonging

The Group is committed to providing a work environment 
where employees feel recognised, motivated, and have a 
strong sense of belonging. In 2022, employees1 participated 
in the annual culture review designed to provide insights into 
the Group’s culture and identify strengths, challenges, and 
opportunities. Completion rate exceeded 60% and identified 
key strengths of our culture as: 

• 

• 

• 

 Innovation and entrepreneurship

 Strengths in collegiality, respect and teamwork

 Commitment to growth 

Areas for focus included: 

• 

• 

 Optimise the organisation structure to effectively manage 
growth, while realising business objectives

 Building leadership capability to ensure consistency in our 
emerging leaders

Insights were assessed by the Board and management and 
incorporated into our people strategy, which includes a 
continuous improvement plan to address identified gaps and 
reinforcement mechanisms on the areas of strength. Enhancing 
and protecting our culture remains a key priority as we grow. 

It is our people that makes us unique – both in delivering 
excellence in performance and shaping the Group’s 
reputation. Our people provide a competitive advantage and 
determine our unique culture which encourages an ‘owner’s 
mentality’ to business building and problem solving. These 
attributes, combined with specialised sector knowledge and 
expertise, are critical to our overall performance. In achieving 
our vision, the Group’s values of Growth, Cohesion, Innovation 
and Accountability guide our behaviours. 

At MA Financial there are 600 direct employees and 
approximately 4,700 employees working in the companies  
and funds we manage or invest in. 

us unique and provide a  
competitive advantage.

“It’s our people that make  

1 

30

 Employees who work for wholly owned businesses which have been with the Group for more than two years.

MA Financial Group MA Financial Group ||  2022 Annual Report2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportSupporting our employees 

Developing our employees 

Ensuring we have attractive initiatives and benefits to support 
our employees is important to us. The range of benefits on 
offer to applicable employees1 are summarised below: 

•  24/7 access to health advice via Sonder Wellbeing

•  Paid parental leave

•  Childcare Assistance Program 

•  Access to community sports and cultural events

•  2 X Wellbeing days each year

•  Comprehensive health checks 

•  Annual flu vaccines

•  Employee Assistance Program 

Our new state of the art offices in Melbourne (opened 
December 2021) and our head office in Sydney (opened 
January 2022) are designed for collaboration, health, 
wellbeing, connectivity, and sustainability and the investment 
in our amenities reflect the value we place on our people. 

We offer a variety of quiet rooms and larger open areas to 
connect and collaborate. We invested significantly in video 
conferencing facilities to allow integration of remote clients 
and to enable flexible working for employees. The offices are 
designed to maximise natural light and fresh air and provide 
gyms, wellness rooms and end-of-trip facilities with touchless 
entry points throughout to help prevent the spread of illness.

In 2022, we were proud to be receive the Best Interior Fit-Out 
Award at the prestigious Master Builders Association of NSW 
Excellence in Construction Awards.

We believe providing practical and broad opportunities and 
direct exposure to our most experienced leaders is the best 
way to develop a high performing team and help our people 
realise their full potential. The MA Academy is the umbrella of 
learning that encompasses all training and development of the 
workforce. It is a structured way to pass the baton of learning 
from one generation to the next. The Academy’s curriculum is 
broad and encompasses onboarding, technical, personal and 
leadership growth and development. 

In 2022, select employees had the opportunity to participate 
in modules on leadership coaching, talent recruitment, 
interview skills and mentoring. Firm wide lectures on industry 
topics were also offered to employees. 

We remain committed to fostering strong links with the 
student community. Our internship and graduate placements 
provide rewarding opportunities for university students from 
a range of backgrounds and faculties. Supplementary to the 
MA Academy, select employees2 completed an average of 
10 hours of individual training in 2022 on topics including 
financial services, cyber security and data protection, and key 
policies. Division specific learning is also provided. 

Select senior executives underwent an average of 20 
hours of training. Regular performance reviews and 
career development discussions ensure employees have 
opportunities to progress, upgrade skills and pursue their 
interests within the Group.

1  Employees who work for wholly owned businesses which have been with the Group for more than two years.
2  Refers to eligible employees from core business divisions Corporate Advisory, Securities, Asset Management and Lending & Technology.

31

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportStrong governance and ethical behaviour

MA Financial is focused on delivering long term value to 
our shareholders. Strong corporate governance practices 
and policies instil a culture of acting honestly, ethically, and 
responsibly in support of organisational goals and values and 
are a fundamental pillar for our sustainable development.  
Our approach to governance and ethical behaviour is 
described below. 

The Board and Committees 

The Board retains ultimate responsibility for promoting the 
long term interests of the Group and overseeing the activities 
of management and governance of the Group. The Board 
comprises of six Non-Executive Directors and three Executive 
Directors. In 2022, the Board welcomed Independent 
Non-Executive Director Nikki Warburton as the ninth board 
member. Ms Warburton has 30 years’ experience in brand and 
marketing in the automotive, advertising and media sectors. 

Each director is qualified with the appropriate skills,  
expertise and experience to perform their responsibilities. 
Two permanent standing committees assist the Board in key 
areas of oversight: the Audit and Risk Committee and the 

How we govern ESG

Nomination and Remuneration Committee. Both committees 
are chaired by an Independent Director and comprise a 
majority of Independent Directors. The Company also has a 
Continuous Disclosure Committee to manage its continous 
disclosure obligations.

More information on MA Financial’s Board and committees, 
including roles and responsibilities, is available on the website 
and is outlined in the Corporate Governance Statement 2022. 

Code of Conduct

The Code of Conduct applies to all Directors, officers and 
employees of the Group and sets out expectations for how 
we act in the ordinary course of our business activities. 
Employees annually confirm their compliance with the Code 
of Conduct and are expected to abide by the highest standard 
of ethical conduct in their relationships with each other, 
investors, competitors, suppliers, and the public. We bring the 
expected behaviour to life by having senior leaders’ model and 
positively reinforce our values. A comprehensive framework 
of additional policies and procedures that supplement and 
support the Code of Conduct can be found on the website. 

MA Financial Group Limited Board
Oversees the management of environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks and opportunities

Impact
Oversees the management 
of the company, including 
environmental and social 
impact

Policy
Approves ESG-related 
policies

Risk Management
Approves approach to risk 
management, including  
ESG risks

Disclosure
Inaugural Sustainability 
Report incorporated within 
2021 Annual Report

Board Committees will engage on ESG topics relevant to 5 respective charters.
Audit and Risk Committee 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Executive
Responsible for assessing ESG risks and opportunities, maintaining and building further a sustainable business  
model, managing each of the identified material topics, and reporting to the Board as appropriate

Asset Management  
ESG Steering Committee

People and Investment 
Committee

Senior Executive  
Risk Committee

MA Group  
Investment Committee

Risk governance 

Risk management is a fundamental aspect of good 
governance and a regulatory responsibility, and it includes 
managing the risks and opportunities related to sustainability.

MA Financial’s Heads of Business have executive responsibility 
for risk management supported by our core principle that risk 
management is the responsibility of everyone. 

The Board is responsible for ensuring the Group maintains 
a risk management framework which identifies all areas of 
potential risk. It reviews the balance between realising business 
opportunities and remaining within the risk tolerances set out 
in its Risk Appetite Statement, which includes sustainability 
risks. The Board is assisted by its Audit & Risk Committee, 
which reports annually whether it is satisfied that the risk 
management framework is appropriate.

32

The Chief Operating Officer and Risk Director are responsible 
for coordinating the Risk Management Framework, for 
promoting an effective risk culture, and developing awareness 
of risk management across the Group. The Senior Executive 
Risk Committee meets to discuss key risk themes and 
champions positive risk culture.  

MA Financial Group MA Financial Group ||  2022 Annual Report2022 Annual ReportSustainability report 
Sustainable business model 

Building and maintaining a sustainable business model will 
enable our success. The Group operates as a diversified 
financial services company specialising in managing 
alternative assets, lending, corporate advisory and equities. 

The Group has operational expertise in managing real estate, 
hospitality and credit assets on behalf of MA Financial 
managed funds. We understand that without incorporating 
ESG considerations diversification alone has limitations 
in terms of increasing our resilience and further reducing 
our vulnerability to short medium and long term risks. 
Diversification also means we must assess each of our 
businesses individually, and as a portfolio, to gain greater 
visibility of potential risks and opportunities that could affect 
the value, performance and our reputation. Our goal is deliver 
sustainable outcomes for our stakeholders. 

In 2022, our Asset Management Division established an 
ESG Steering Committee whose members meet quarterly 
to oversee the ESG integration across investment activities. 
As part of our commitment to integrating ESG, in June 2022 
our Asset Management business became a signatory to the 
United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI) 
and produced the Responsible Investment Policy outlining 
the division’s approach to ESG. Given the varying nature 
of the asset classes we manage, the geographies in which 
different companies or entities operate in, and the size of our 
holdings, we also commenced development of a Responsible 
Investment Policy for each asset class to capture the nuances 
in approach to ESG by each investment team and aim to 
finalise these in 2023 for implementation thereafter. 

In August 2022 we successfully launched the MA Sustainable 
Future Fund. The fund provides capital, in the form of secured 
loans and hybrid credit instruments, to established growth-
stage companies with a positive sustainability impact. 

To increase employee understanding of incorporating ESG, 
in 2022 select employees in Asset Management completed 
the PRI Academy training course ‘Understanding Responsible 

Investing’ and continue to have access to regular webinars 
to enhance knowledge. We also hosted and participated in 
Seventeen X. This event was designed to engage and  
educate the business community on UN Sustainable 
Development Goals.

Looking ahead, we aim to assess our approach to 
incorporating ESG into other parts of our business, including 
lending, broking and advisory. For our hospitality and real 
estate venues, we are working to develop effective and 
efficient engagement with our tenants and collect quantitative 
information in relation to our environmental footprint and 
climate change risk. Our Hospitality platform operates several 
hospitality venues, offering a range of entertainment options 
including gambling services. The provision of this type of 
entertainment is a government regulated offering and we 
work closely with the relevant regulators to ensure all venues 
operate in a socially responsible manner.

Supplier Code of Conduct 

To ensure sustainability of our business from the supply chain 
perspective, our Supplier Code of Conduct describes the 
expectations we have for our supply chain. Our suppliers, 
whether directly or through their operations and supply 
chain, must comply with applicable laws and regulations, and 
have procedures to identify, prevent, mitigate, and account 
for material risks, including health & safety, ethical business 
practices, cyber security and privacy, modern slavery, and 
other human rights impacts. Suppliers are responsible for 
the development, implementation, and testing of business 
continuity and disaster recovery plans for operations 
supporting our business. The Group seeks to safeguard 
people and the environment from harm through its emergency 
preparedness plans, while focusing on the continuation of key 
business operations. 

33

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportOur diversity principles

•  Recruit, retain and develop an appropriately 
diverse and skilled workforce and Board to 
facilitate achieving or exceeding business 
objectives

• 

Leadership team proactively demonstrating 
a commitment to diversity through modelling 
inclusive behaviour

•  Providing a work environment that values and 

fully utilises the perspectives and experiences of 
all employees and directors.

Diversity and inclusion

We value diversity as a critical enabler of innovation and 
growth. Diversity at MA Financial involves creating a work 
environment which allows all our people to meet their 
potential and is underpinned by respecting and valuing a wide 
range of differences including gender, ethnicity, disability, 
age, religion, sexual orientation, and educational and work 
experience. Our Diversity Policy (available on our website) 
outlines our diversity principles, commitment to diversity 
objectives and provides a framework for advancing our 
diversity goals. Key initiatives to assist with the achievement 
of our diversity objectives including a focus on our recruitment 
processes, an annual gender remuneration gap review 
process, accountability for senior employees and leadership 
to support our diversity culture through non-financial metrics, 
key employee benefits comprising paid parental leave above 
minimum legislative requirements, and financial support for 
female staff returning to work from parental leave. In 2021, we 
set new measurable gender and CALD diversity objectives 
towards our commitment of a diverse workplace and include 
2022 figures in the table below. 

Senior leaders Julian Biggins, Chris Wyke and Jill Shapiro mark  
R U OK Day to promote mental health awareness in the workplace.

Objective/Quantitative targets

Baseline (2021)

2022

Achieve and retain a 30% female representation at Board level

25% female/75% male

33% female/67% male

Achieve and retain a 50% female representation in the business

48% female/52% male

48% female/52% male

Achieve and retain a 30% female representation in senior executive1 

23% female/77% male

28% female/72% male

Achieve a Culturally and Linguistically Diverse (CALD) status of 40%

CALD = 35%

CALD = 34%2 

On an annual basis, management monitors and reports to the Board on our objective advancement with the Board assessing 
our progress against targets. The table illustrates our year-on-year movements on gender diversity at different levels of the 
organisation. 

1  Senior executives include all employees with a title of Vice-President, Executive Director, Managing Director or functional equivalent
2  Reflected in the 2022 Culture Survey completed by select parts of the business. Figure is not representative of the entire employee base. New 

processes are in place to capture data across the business in 2023.

34

MA Financial Group MA Financial Group ||  2022 Annual Report2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportLevel

Gender

2020

Workforce

Female

Male

Senior executives

Female

Male

Board

Female

Male

33%

67%

24%

76%

29%

71%

2021

48%

52%

25%

75%

25%

75%

2022

YOY change

48%

52%

28%

72%

33%

67%





 3%

 3%

 8%

 8%

MA Financial recognises more work is needed by the financial 
services sector to attract females to careers in finance. As 
members of Women in Banking and Finance (WiBF), we aim 
to contribute to improved gender diversity and inclusive 
leadership practices across the sector. In 2022, MA Financial 
hosted a networking event ‘Next Gen Women in Finance’ 
inviting over 120 young female professionals to engage in 
discussions about inclusive culture and driving change. The 
People, Inclusion and Investment Committee, established 
in 2021, continued its mandate in 2022 to support the 
professional and personal goals of all employees and ensure  
a consistent approach across the firm. 

We are committed to fair and equitable remuneration. Our 
annual remuneration review and discretionary bonus setting 
process includes an analysis and elimination of any identified 
gender pay gaps for comparable roles. The process assesses 
the occurrence of unusual gaps which are not accounted for 
by factors such as experience, skills, performance, and others 
and removes them as applicable.

Health and safety

The Group aims to create and maintain a safe and healthy 
workplace, and ensure all activities undertaken protect the 
health and safety of our employees, suppliers, visitors and 
clients as applicable. Our Work Health and Safety (WHS) 
Policy sets the fundamental principles that govern our 
approach to WHS management. In 2022, we established 
a Work Health and Safety Committee with a mandate to 
promote safety and health and to consult on issues relevant 
to health, safety, and the welfare of workers. MA Financial 
tracks Loss Time Due to Injury and can report zero reportable 

the financial services sector to attract 
females to a career in finance, and we aim 
to contribute by focusing on increased 
representation across all levels. 

incidences in 2022.“We recognise more work is needed by 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report

35

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportEnvironmental impact 

In 2022, MA Financial completed, for the first time, a 
measurement of the emissions for which it is directly 
responsible. We are pleased to be able to disclose the results: 
1,673 t CO2-e (0.88 t CO2-e Scope 1 and 2 Emissions per 
employee). This estimate was produced in respect of calendar 
year 2022 and will serve as a baseline for future years.

We will assess our operations to identify and achieve other 
reductions in sources of emissions. In parallel, we intend to 
align our disclosures and reporting to the recommendations 
of the TCFD, referencing the International Sustainability 
Standards Board and, in Australia, the regulator ASIC, and the 
federal government.

By acting in a thoughtful and responsible way, and in line with 
Government guidelines, MA Financial aims to deliver net zero 
emissions by 2050 for our direct operations and reduce Scope 
1 and 2 emissions intensity per employee by 50 percent by 
2030. To achieve our Scope 1 and 2 emission reductions for 
our direct operations, we will progress the development of a 
Climate Change Action Plan by the end of 2023. For our Asset 
Management division, MA Financial is a signatory to the UN 
Principles for Responsible Investment and is working through 
associated implementation plans. We expect to include an 
update on our progress in our 2023 Sustainability report.

Approach to emissions measurement

TCFD incoming mandatory reporting

The Group acknowledges the introduction of mandatory 
climate reporting and is preparing for increased data and 
disclosure requirements. We intend to align our disclosures and 
reporting to the recommendations of the TCFD, referencing 
the International Sustainability Standards Board and, in 
Australia, the regulator ASIC, and the federal government.

Below is our roadmap outlining our future steps to 
understanding the potential impacts of climate change and 
embedding appropriate management practices in line with  
the TCFD pillars.

• 

 This estimate was produced in respect of calendar year 
2022 and will serve as a baseline for future years. 

TCFD pillars

Our focus 

•  The estimate does not include all possible components, in 
particular for some Scope 3 emissions. The detail of the 
estimate is outlined in the disclosure document. 

Governance

Identify relevant Group wide 
employees to receive climate-
related awareness training.

 Estimates for future years will build on this work and will 
become more comprehensive, while still enabling year-on-
year comparisons.

Strategy

• 

• 

 For some sources of emissions, we have had to use 
estimates to bridge gaps in data, for example: where 
separate electricity metering is not available, estimates 
have been made. 

Develop a CCAP to achieve Scope 
1 and 2 emission reductions for 
direct operations.

Risk Management

Assess and agree approach for 
incorporating ESG in our Risk 
Management Framework.

Metrics and targets

Continue to identify metrics in 
relation to Scope 3 emissions 
not yet included in emissions 
boundary

We are developing processes and systems to collect 
quantitative information in relation to our energy consumption, 
to enable continued data analysis and better understanding 
of our footprint. This will allow for better decision-making 
on appropriate management practices to be implemented. 
Moreover, this will help us in understanding the greenhouse gas 
emissions associated with our operations which are essential 
metrics related to climate change and the TCFD framework. 

•  The emissions ‘footprint’ relates to MA Financial’s direct 
operations. This organisational boundary includes the 
Group’s wholly owned entities. However, it does not extend 
to the assets held by investment funds, or take account of 
the projects financed by our credit businesses.

As noted in the introduction, MA Financial aims to deliver net 
zero emissions by 2050 for our direct operations and reduce 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions intensity per employee by 50 percent 
by 2030. 

• 

• 

• 

 To achieve our Scope 1 and 2 emission reductions for our 
direct operations, we will progress the development of a 
Climate Change Action Plan by the end of 2023.

 Changing electricity supply to certified providers of energy 
from renewable sources.

 Identifying and realising opportunities to reduce energy 
intensity of operations 

36

MA Financial Group MA Financial Group ||  2022 Annual Report2022 Annual ReportSustainability reportSocially responsible behaviour 

MA Financial recognises the impact we have on the 
communities we operate in and other external parties. 
Assessing our ESG impact ensures we continue to have 
socially responsible business practices. 

Privacy 

The Group respects data privacy and recognise how critical 
our actions in handling data are in building and maintaining 
trust with current and prospective stakeholders. We are 
committed to measures which protect the security of personal 
data and confidential information that is collected, stored, 
processed, or disseminated. The Group’s ‘Technology and 
Data Handling Policy’ established specific requirements for 
the use of all computing and network resources within the 
business in a responsible, ethical, and compliant manner.  
This along with the Group’s Privacy Policy also covers the  
key principles of data privacy, compliance requirements, 
privacy and personal rights and technology use guidelines 
within the Group. They are reviewed for relevance and 
accuracy annually. 

To be effective in managing data privacy, our policies and 
processes must be paired with a culture where all employees 
understand the importance of privacy and operate with a high 
level of vigilance in handling data. The Board is responsible 
for ensuring that cyber resilience is an element of the broader 
risk framework and that exposures are recognised and 
assessed for impacts based on clearly defined metrics. 

Human rights 

MA Financial has no tolerance for any form of modern slavery 
within its business and supply chain. 

The Group’s approach to Modern Slavery is set out in its 
Modern Slavery Policy and Modern Slavery Statement on the 
website. Tier 1 risk assessments of the Group’s supply chain 
conducted in 2022 has not identified any instances of modern 
slavery or significant areas of concern. All objectives set out 
in MA Financial’s Modern Slavery Statement for 2022 were 
met, which included a risk assessment for new acquisitions 
for Finsure and MA Money, and engagement with high and 
medium risk suppliers to develop a deeper understanding 
of their business and their supply chains. This included 
completion of questionnaires and/or written assurances on 
management of modern slavery risk. 

In 2023, MA Financial will expand its diligence focus across 
the supply chains on a risk assessed basis for those suppliers 
assessed in medium and high-risk categories.

Community investment 

At MA Financial fairness and generosity are fundamental 
to our ethos. The MA Foundation was established in 2018 
to support community initiatives that align with the culture 
and community interests of the Group. The vision of the 

Foundation and our community investment approach is 
based on impactful partnerships, high staff engagement and 
alignment with the broader ESG agenda of the Group. To date, 
the Foundation has donated over $7.7 million to 35 charities. 

The Foundation has three Community Partners, GO 
Foundation, Beyond Blue and Mirabel Foundation. 

In 2022, several initiatives were completed to help increase 
the reach and engagement of the Foundation with our growing 
workforce. These included an employee survey to provide 
greater insight into the types of organisations the firm would 
like to support; liaison with established and successful 
foundations to determine best practice for charity selection, 
and the establishment of the MA Foundation Committee, 
comprising of employees from the various business divisions. 
In 2023, the committee will present the MA Foundation 
Board with recommendations designed to enhance the MA 
Foundation and build further engagement with employees 
across the group. 

Responsible gaming

Our Hospitality platform MA Hotel Management, which 
manages several hospitality funds including Redcape Hotel 
Group, recognises its responsibility to ensure customers enjoy 
safe and sociable venues, and responsibly enjoy the beverage 
and entertainment offerings. 

Redcape supports local communities and their initiatives 
through its ‘Publinc Communities Programme’ which has an 
objective of enriching local communities through lasting impact. 

On gaming reform, MA Financial welcomes evidence-based 
solutions that can help reduce harm and we will work with 
industry and government to implement when appropriate. MA 
Hotel Management’s approach to problem gaming and harm 
minimisation is articulated in its Responsible Service Policy, 
available on the Redcape website.

MA Hospitality Management’s approach to problem gaming 
and harm minimisation is articulated in its Responsible Service 
Policy, available on the Redcape website.

Looking forward

We are proud of the progress we have made in 2022, and our 
continued focus on the six key pillars of our Sustainability 
Framework. The development of our practices and 
procedures within these pillars, and our disclosure around 
them, will continue to expand over time. We look forward to 
sharing our sustainability progress with our key stakeholders 
over future periods.

37

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSustainability report03Directors’ reportMA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportDirectors’ report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

The Directors of MA Financial Group Limited (Company) submit their report together with the consolidated financial report of 
the Company and its subsidiaries (Group) for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The names of the Directors of the Group during or since the end of the year are:

Jeffrey Browne 

Andrew Pridham 

Independent Chair and Non-Executive Director

Group Vice Chair

Alexandra Goodfellow 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Simon Kelly 

Nikki Warburton 

Kenneth Moelis 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director (appointed 23 December 2022)

Non-Executive Director

Kate Pilcher Ciafone 

Non-Executive Director

Julian Biggins 

Christopher Wyke 

Joint Chief Executive Officer

Joint Chief Executive Officer

The Directors have been in office since the start of the year to the date of this report unless otherwise noted.

Jeffrey Browne

Independent Chair and  

Non-Executive Director

Andrew Pridham AO

Group Vice Chair

Experience and expertise

Experience and expertise

Jeffrey was appointed to the Board in February 2017. He 
was a senior executive at Nine Network Australia from 2006 
to 2013, including Managing Director from 2010 to 2013. 
He was previously Chair of Carsales.com. Jeffrey holds a 
Degree in Arts from La Trobe University, and a Degree in 
Law from Monash University, Melbourne. 

Other directorships and appointments

Chair of Premoso Pty Ltd (owner of the business of 
Walkinshaw Automotive Group)  
President of Collingwood Football Club  

Special responsibilities

Chair of the Board (appointed February 2017)  
Member of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 
February 2017)  
Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(appointed February 2017)

Interests in the Company

Shares: 781,250

Andrew has served as a Director since the formation of MA 
Financial Group Limited. He was Chief Executive Officer from 
2009 to February 2020 and has 30 years’ of experience in 
investment banking. Andrew was one of the founders of the 
company in 2009.

Other directorships and appointments

Chair of Sydney Swans Limited  
Adjunct Professor at University of South Australia 

Special responsibilities

MA Academy sponsor  
Director of MA Foundation (appointed November 2017) 

Interests in the Company

Shares: Andrew holds 661,165 shares as well as a beneficial 
equity interest in 18,289,444 shares as a result of his holdings 
in the Existing Staff Trusts. As a result of Andrew’s ownership 
of the Trustee of one of the Existing Staff Trusts, Andrew has 
a deemed relevant interest in 23,952,462 shares.
Restricted and Loan Funded shares: 254,209

39

Directors’ report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Alexandra Goodfellow

Simon Kelly 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Experience and expertise

Experience and expertise

Alexandra is Vice Chair of Korn Ferry Australasia and has 
30 years’ experience in executive search and human capital 
consulting. She advises clients at Board, CEO and C-suite 
level assisting with executive search, leadership succession 
and human capital advisory. 

Other directorships and appointments

Vice Chair of Korn Ferry Australasia  
Non-Executive Director of Sydney Swans Limited

Special responsibilities

Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(appointed August 2020) 
Member of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 13 
December 2022)

Interests in the Company

Shares: 32,371

Simon was appointed to the Board in April 2021 and has 
30 years’ experience in strategic, financial and general 
management in Australian listed and unlisted consumer 
businesses. He is Chief Executive Officer of NoahFace and 
has previously held C-suite roles at Ardent Leisure, Virgin 
Australia, Nine Entertainment Co., Artisocrat Leisure and 
Goodman Fielder. 

Other directorships and appointments

Chief Executive Officer of NoahFace 
Non-Executive Director of Altium Limited

Special responsibilities

Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed April 2021)

Interests in the Company

Shares: 65,161

Nikki Warburton  
(appointed 23 December 2022)

Non-Executive Director

Kenneth Moelis

Non-Executive Director

Experience and expertise

Experience and expertise

Nikki was appointed to the Board in 2022 and has 30 years’ 
experience as a senior marketing executive and a board 
director in automotive, sport, and media sectors. She is on 
the Board of Directors for Greater Western Sydney Giants 
Football Club, Car Expert, and is a Mentor for The Marketing 
Academy. Nikki will offer herself for election as a Director at 
the MA Financial Annual General Meeting in May 2023. 

Other directorships and appointments

Non-Executive Director of Greater Western Sydney Giants 
Football Club 
Non-Executive Director of Car Expert 

Special responsibilities

None

Interests in the Company

None

Ken has served as a Director of MA Financial Group since 
2009. He is Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Moelis & 
Company and has over 40 years’ experience as a banker 
and executive. Prior to founding Moelis & Company, Ken was 
President of UBS Investment Bank and previously Joint Global 
Head of Investment Banking. Ken holds a Bachelor of Science 
and an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of 
Pennsylvania. 

Other directorships and appointments

Chair and CEO of Moelis & Company Group LP  
(Moelis & Company) 
Non-Executive Chair of the Board of Directors, Moelis Asset 
Management 
Member, Board of Trustees, University of Pennsylvania 
Member, Wharton Board of Overseers 
Member, Board of Advisors, Ronald Reagan UCLA  
Medical Center  
Member, Business Roundtable 
Member, The Business Council

Interests in the Company

Ken no longer has a deemed relevant interest in all shares 
held by Moelis & Company. Moelis & Company presently holds 
23,500,000 ordinary shares in the Group.

40

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportDirectors’ report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Kate Pilcher Ciafone

Non-Executive Director

Julian Biggins

Executive Director and  

Joint Chief Executive Officer

Experience and expertise

Experience and expertise

Kate is Chief Operating Officer of Investment Banking and 
a founding member of Moelis & Company. Kate has 20 
years’ experience as a banker and operations executive 
in investment banking. She commenced her career with 
UBS before joining Moelis & Company in 2007. Kate holds 
a Bachelor of Commerce with distinction from the McIntire 
School of Commerce at the University of Virginia. 

Other directorships and appointments

None

Special responsibilities

Member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
(appointed August 2020)

Interests in the Company

None

Julian was appointed Joint Chief Executive Officer in 
February 2020 and has been a director of the Board since 
February 2017. Julian was one of the founders of the company 
in 2009. He has 20 years’ of investment banking experience 
in the real estate sector including senior roles within J.P. 
Morgan’s Investment Bank and UBS’ Equities Research 
division. He holds a Bachelor of Business (Real Estate) and 
a Bachelor of Business (Banking and Finance) from the 
University of South Australia. 

Other directorships and appointments

None

Special responsibilities

Member of the Audit and Risk Committee (appointed 
February 2017, resigned 13 December 2022)

Interests in the Company

Shares: Julian holds a beneficial equity interest in 5,328,170 
shares as a result of his holding in the Existing Staff Trusts. 
Share rights: 28,866 
Restricted and Loan Funded Shares: 987,506

Christopher Wyke

Executive Director and  

Joint Chief Executive Officer

Company secretaries’ qualifications  
and experience

Janna Robertson

Experience and expertise

Chris was appointed Joint Chief Executive Officer in 
February 2020 and has been a director of the Board since 
March 2017. Chris was one of the founders of the company 
in 2009. He has 20 years’ investment banking experience 
specialising in restructuring, M&A, equity and debt capital 
markets transactions. Chris has worked at J.P. Morgan and 
UBS in London, Singapore and Sydney. He holds a Bachelor 
of Economics with Honours from University College London. 

Joint Company Secretary appointed 30 September 2019

Janna has over 25 years’ experience in financial services, 
business operations and transformation. Prior to joining the 
Group she was a partner at Deloitte. Janna holds a Bachelor 
of Business from the University of Technology Sydney, is a 
Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia 
and New Zealand and is a graduate of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors.

Other directorships and appointments

None

Special responsibilities

Director of MA Foundation (appointed November 2017)

Interests in the Company

Shares: Chris holds a beneficial equity interest in 5,328,170 
shares as a result of his holding in the Existing Staff Trusts. 
As a result of Chris’ ownership of the Trustee of one of the 
Existing Staff Trusts, Chris has deemed relevant interest in 
14,850,000 shares. 
Share rights: 29,236 
Restricted and Loan Funded Shares: 1,005,216

Rebecca Ong

Joint Company Secretary appointed 19 February 2020

Rebecca has over 15 years’ experience as a lawyer in the 
financial services industry, and prior to joining the Group was 
Regional Counsel at UBS, advising its Asset Management 
business across Asia Pacific. Rebecca holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce (Finance)/ Bachelor of Laws from the University of 
New South Wales.

41

Directors’ report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of committees of Directors) held during the 
financial year:

Board meeting

Audit and Risk Committee

Nomination and  
Remuneration Committee

Jeffrey Browne

Andrew Pridham

Alexandra Goodfellow

Simon Kelly

Nikki Warburton 

Kenneth Moelis

Kate Pilcher Ciafone

Julian Biggins

Christopher Wyke

A

7

7

6

7

0

7

7

7

7

B

7

7

7

7

0

7

7

7

7

A

9

#

#

9

#

#

#

9

#

B

9

#

#

9

#

#

#

9

#

A

5

#

5

#

#

#

5

#

#

B

5

#

5

#

#

#

5

#

#

A = Number of meetings attended.
B = Number of meetings held during the time the Director held office during the year.
# = Not a member of committee

Principal activities

MA Financial Group is a financial services business with 
offices in Sydney, Melbourne, Hong Kong and Shanghai. The 
Group’s principal activities are providing asset management, 
lending and technology, corporate advisory and equities 
services. During the year, the Group expanded its Lending 
& Technology segment by acquiring Finsure Holding Pty Ltd 
and its subsidiaries (Finsure), a leading Australian mortgage 
aggregator, and MA Money Financial Services Pty Ltd 
(formerly MKM NewCo Pty Ltd) and its subsidiaries (MA 
Money), a residential mortgage lender. In the opinion of the 
Directors, there were no other significant changes to the 
principal activities of the Group during the financial year under 
review that are not otherwise disclosed in this report. 

Results

The financial report and results for the years ended 31 
December 2022 and 31 December 2021 have been prepared 
in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, which 
comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS). Total comprehensive income attributable to ordinary 
equity holders of the Group for the year ended 31 December 
2022 was $45.8 million (2021: $48.1 million) and the profit 
after tax for the year ended 31 December 2022 was $44.9 
million (2021: $32.0 million).

Management have considered the financial impact of the 
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on the Group and, where 
applicable, relevant disclosures have been provided in the 
Financial Report.

Dividends

Subsequent to the year ended 31 December 2022, the 
Directors have resolved to pay a final dividend of 14 cents per 
share, fully franked, for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
The dividend is payable on 22 March 2023.

On 21 September 2022, the Company paid an interim dividend 
of $10.5 million (6.0 cents per share), fully franked, for the 
financial year ended 31 December 2022.

On 11 March 2022, the Company paid a final dividend of $20.5 
million (12.0 cents per share), fully franked, for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2021.

State of affairs

There were no other significant changes in the state of affairs 
of the Group that occurred during the financial year under 
review that are not otherwise disclosed in this report.

42

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportDirectors’ report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Operating and financial review

Please refer to the Year in Review section of this Annual 
Report for the following in respect of the Group:

•  a review of operations during the year and the results of 

Differences in measurement principally arise where the Group 
prefers to use non-IFRS measures to better:

•  Align with when management has greater certainty of 

timing of cash flows;

those operations;

•  Regulate the variability in the value of key strategic  

• 

likely developments in the operations in future financial 
years and the expected results of those operations;

•  comments on the financial position;

•  comments on business strategies and prospects for future 

financial years; and

•  summary of material risks the Group faces in achieving its 
financial objectives, such as cyber risk, regulatory change, 
investment risk, retaining talent and volatility in levels of 
business activity.

Non-IFRS Underlying results

The Group also utilises non-IFRS “Underlying” financial 
information in its assessment and presentation of the 
Group’s performance. In particular, the Group references 
Underlying revenue, Underlying Earnings Before Interest, Tax, 
Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA), Underlying Earnings 
Per Share (EPS), Underlying Net Profit After Tax (NPAT), and 
Underlying Return on Equity (ROE).

Underlying EBITDA and Underlying NPAT achieved for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 was $106.7 million 
(2021: $70.9 million) and $61.4 million (2021: $42.6 million) 
respectively.

The Directors place great importance and value on the IFRS 
measures. As such, the Directors believe that, when read in 
conjunction with the IFRS measures, the Underlying measures 
are useful to the reader as:

•  The Underlying measures reveal the underlying run rate 

business economics of the Group;

•  The Underlying measures are used by management to 
allocate resources and make financial, strategic and 
operating decisions. Further, all budgeting and forecasting 
is based on Underlying measures. This provides insight 
into management decision making; and 

•  Unless otherwise disclosed, the Underlying adjustments 
have been consistently applied in all reporting periods, 
regardless of their impact on the Underlying result.

The Underlying financial information is not prepared in 
accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and IFRS 
and is not audited. Adjustments to the IFRS information align 
with the principles by which the Group views and manages 
itself internally and consist of both differences in classification 
and differences in measurement. 

Differences in classification arise because the Group chooses 
to classify some IFRS measures in a different manner to that 
prescribed by IFRS. 

assets; and

•  Normalise for the impacts of one-off transaction costs.

As announced on 9 June 2022, the Group amended the 
Underlying treatment of mark to market movements of 
investments by removing any unrealised gains or losses 
from Underlying revenue. The Underlying results for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 reflect this revised approach with 
comparatives restated accordingly.

EBITDA from Priority Income Fund (PIF) strategies have been 
reclassified from Lending & Technology to Asset Management 
given they are third-party managed funds. The Underlying 
results for the year ended 31 December 2022 reflect this 
revised approach with comparatives restated accordingly.

Please refer to note 3 in the Financial Report for a detailed 
reconciliation between the IFRS and Underlying measures.

Likely developments

The Group continues to pursue its strategy of focusing on its 
core operations. In particular, the Group will look to grow its 
lending operations, continue to market its managed funds and 
launch new managed funds with the aim of growing assets 
under management.

Events subsequent to reporting date

There has not arisen in the interval between the end of the 
financial year and the date of this report any item, transaction 
or event of a material and unusual nature likely, in the opinion 
of the directors of the Company, to affect significantly the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or 
the state of affairs of the Group, in future financial years.

Environmental regulation

Please refer to the Sustainability Report for details of the 
Group’s Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) 
framework. The Group has policies and procedures in place, 
to identify obligations and notify material breaches, where 
operations are subject to any particular and significant 
environmental regulation under a law of the Commonwealth 
or of a State or Territory. The Directors have determined that 
there has not been any material breach of these obligations 
during the financial year.

43

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportDirectors’ report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Change in auditor

Effective 21 June 2022, following the outcome of an audit 
tender process, KPMG was appointed as auditor for the 
Company. In accordance with s.329(5) of the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth) (the Act), the Company received the resignation of 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu following Australian Securities and 
Investments Commission (ASIC)’s consent to the resignation. 
In accordance with s.327C of the Act, the appointment of 
KPMG as auditors of the Company will be recommended by 
the Directors for shareholder approval at the Company’s next 
Annual General Meeting.

Non-audit services

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit 
services during the year, by the auditor (or by another person 
or company on the auditor’s behalf), is compatible with the 
general standard of independence for auditors imposed by 
the Act.

$0.6 million of non-audit services were provided prior to 
KPMG’s appointment as the Group’s auditor.

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed 
in note 41 to the financial statements do not compromise the 
external auditor’s independence, for the following reasons:

•  all non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to 
ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity 
of the auditor; and

•  none of the services undermine the general principles 
relating to auditor independence as set out in Code 
of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional 
and Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or 
auditing the auditor’s own work, acting in a management 
or decision making capacity for the Group, acting as 
advocate for the Group or jointly sharing economic risks 
and rewards. 

Indemnification and insurance of Directors’, officers 
and auditors

During the year, the Group paid a premium in respect of a 
contract insuring the Directors and officers of the Group 
against liabilities and legal expenses incurred as a result of 
carrying out their duties as a Director or officer. The Directors 
have not included details of the nature of the liabilities covered 
or the amount of premium paid in respect of this insurance, as 
such disclosure is prohibited under the terms of the contract.

The Group has agreed to indemnify all current and former 
Directors, company secretaries and certain officers of the 
Group, its controlled entities and certain investment portfolio 
vehicles against all liabilities to persons (other than the 
Group or a related body corporate) which arise out of the 
performance of their normal duties as a Director, company 
secretary or officer to the extent permitted by law and unless 
the liability relates to conduct involving wilful misconduct, bad 
faith or conduct known to be in breach of law.

The Group has not otherwise, during or since the end of 
the financial year, except to the extent permitted by law, 
indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of 
the Group or any related body corporate against a liability 
incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No person has applied to the Court under s.237 of the Act 
for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the Company, or 
to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a 
party for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or part of those proceedings.

Rounding of amounts

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 
and in accordance with that Instrument, amounts in the 
Directors’ Report and the Financial Report have been rounded 
off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

Lead auditor’s independence declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is included at the 
end of this report and forms part of the Directors’ Report for 
the financial year ended 31 December 2022. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Jeffrey Browne

Julian Biggins

Independent Chair and  
Non-Executive Director

Director and Joint Chief 
Executive Officer

Sydney

Sydney

23 February 2023

23 February 2023

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
Letter from the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee 

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board of Directors of MA Financial Group 
and its subsidiaries, I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
Report for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

The report summarises the Company’s achievements and 
the associated remuneration for our Board, Chief Executive 
Officers and senior executives.

Year in Review

MA Financial experienced continued expansion in 2022, 
adding approximately 100 employees via organic growth, 
and an additional 102 employees following the successful 
acquisition of mortgage aggregator Finsure, and residential 
mortgage lender, MA Money.

•  The LTI Performance Condition which applies is an EPS 
hurdle on a sliding scale, between 7.5% and 12% per 
annum (same as in 2021). However, in 2022 the calculation 
of the EPS performance condition is based on compound 
annual growth rate (CAGR), replacing average EPS growth. 
This aligns us better with market practice and has the 
effect of increasing the required EPS growth to achieve 
the hurdle.

•  During 2022, the company changed how Underlying 

earnings is determined, by excluding any unrealised gains 
or losses from Underlying earnings. This has flowed 
through 2021 and 2022 LTI performance measures. 
We consider this change to improve the alignment of 
Executives and Shareholders in the long term.

People and culture

Remuneration outcomes

Successfully embedding culture while experiencing significant 
growth is a challenge. At MA Financial, this has been aided by 
the company’s leadership team modelling the values of the 
Group and investing in a workplace environment designed for 
collaboration and innovation. These measures have enabled 
the company to build capability by attracting and developing 
key talent and creating an experienced and high-performing 
workforce. 

Results from the 2022 Culture Survey highlighted the 
company’s well-aligned culture with significant strengths in 
respect, teamwork and a shared commitment to growth. 

Enhanced remuneration framework

Our remuneration structure has been designed to include 
significant deferred and share based components which 
vest progressively over five years. This, combined with an 
LTI instrument which rewards for dividends and share price 
growth only, aligns the Executive to deliver shareholder 
outcomes and encourages responsible business building.

In considering shareholder feedback, changes were made to 
the remuneration framework in 2022 including:

•  The performance condition applied to LTI awards in 2022 
is for 100% of the LTI award, with vesting after five years. 
Previously, 70% was subject to performance conditions 
and 30% subject to continued employment.

The performance of the Group in 2022 was strong and the 
ability to deliver another record result in 2022 is pleasing, 
particularly when we reflect on the macroeconomic and 
geopolitical influences which created complexity and 
uncertainty during the year. 

The assessed performance of Executives against KPI 
measures in 2022 exceeded the final award of STI, reflecting 
the wider context, including the composition of earnings and 
macroeconomic environment.

The 2022 result underscores the value of a diversified Group 
and its intentional strategy to build a resilient business which 
can withstand cycles: allowing the Group to continue to 
invest in growing the business while delivering shareholder 
returns. The challenge is to ensure that remuneration rewards 
delivering current year results, while encouraging appropriate 
risk taking and investing in the future. We believe the 
remuneration framework achieves this.

Summary 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank our shareholders 
for your support, and trust and recognise the continued hard 
work and dedication of our employees. 

I invite you to review the full report, and we look forward to 
receiving your feedback at the Annual General Meeting.

Alexandra Goodfellow

Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

45

Remuneration report

1.  Remuneration report overview

The Directors of MA Financial are pleased to present the 
Remuneration report (the Report) for the Group for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. This Report forms part of the 
Directors’ Report and has been prepared in accordance with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Act).

The Report details the remuneration arrangements for the 
Group’s key management personnel (KMP) including:

• 

• 

 the Non-Executive Directors (NEDs)

 the Chief Executive Officers (Joint CEOs) and senior 
executives (collectively the Executive).

KMP are those persons who, directly or indirectly, have 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group.

The table below outlines the KMP of the Group and their movements during the year ended 31 December 2022 (FY22). 

Name

Position

Term as KMP

Non-Executive KMP 

Jeffrey Browne

Independent Non-Executive Chair

Full financial year

Alexandra Goodfellow

Independent Non-Executive Director

Full financial year

Simon Kelly 

Nikki Warburton

Kenneth Moelis

Independent Non-Executive Director

Full financial year

Independent Non-Executive Director

Appointed 23 December 2022

Non-Executive Director

Full financial year

Kate Pilcher Ciafone

Non-Executive Director

Full financial year

Executive KMP

Julian Biggins

Executive Director and Joint CEO

Full financial year

Christopher Wyke

Executive Director and Joint CEO

Full financial year

Andrew Pridham

Graham Lello

Janna Robertson

Group Vice Chair

Full financial year

Chief Financial Officer

Full financial year

Chief Operating Officer

Full financial year

46

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report Julian is responsible for the Group’s finance, investor 
relations and communications functions, and leading the 
strategy and scaling of all our Real Estate, Hospitality and 
operating businesses associated with real estate. He also 
leads our Equities and Capital Markets capabilities

The Board recognises the important role people play in 
achieving the Group’s long term objectives and as a key 
source of competitive advantage. To grow and be successful, 
the Group must be able to attract, develop, motivate and retain 
the highest calibre individuals.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Remuneration report

2.  How remuneration is governed

2.1 

Joint CEO Structure

MA Financial established a Joint CEO structure in March 
2020 following the appointments of Julian Biggins and 
Christopher Wyke as Joint CEOs.

The Board considers the Joint CEO structure to be 
appropriate for MA Financial in this current phase of its 
growth due to the following:

 Christopher Wyke and Julian Biggins are founding 
members of the Group. The Group operates a breadth of 
businesses across three divisions (Asset Management, 
Lending & Technology, Corporate Advisory & Equities), 
has operations across Australia, China and Hong Kong, 
over 600 employees, and has $7.8 billion of assets under 
management. Our investment expertise spans Real Estate, 
Hospitality, Credit, Equities and Private Equity investments 
including Venture Capital

 Each CEO brings specific skills and capabilities to allow 
them to focus on managing and growing different parts 
of our diversified financial services businesses, which we 
believe will facilitate stronger and more sustainable growth

 Christopher has responsibility for our Advisory, Lending & 
Technology and Credit investing activities. He also takes 
responsibility for our risk, legal and compliance functions

 The Joint CEOs share equal responsibility for Asset 
Management and distribution capability and the Group’s 
culture, people and strategy, including acquisitions

 Together, the Joint CEOs are also jointly responsible  
for determining and driving the growth ambition of  
the company.

The Board is responsible for periodically assessing the 
appropriateness of the Joint CEO structure to ensure its 
effectiveness by assessing the joint performance of the CEOs 
in delivering strong shareholder outcomes.

2.2 

Remuneration decision-making

The Board established the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee (the Committee), which operates under the 
delegated authority of the Board. The Committee has primary 
carriage of the Group’s remuneration strategy, framework  
and principles.

The Board, Committee and the Executive work together 
to apply the remuneration governance framework. The 
remuneration governance framework is designed to support 
our purpose, principles, strategy, and long term approach to 
creating sustainable value for our shareholders, clients and 
the community.

The members of the Committee during FY22 were:

• 

 Alexandra Goodfellow – Independent Non-Executive 
Committee Chair (full year)

• 

• 

 Jeffrey Browne – Independent Non-Executive Committee 
Member (full year)

 Kate Pilcher Ciafone – Non-Independent Non-Executive 
Committee Member (full year)

Following a thorough review of compensation practices 
during the year ended 31 December 2021 (FY21), the FY22 
year has focused on refinement of our approach, including 
incorporating stakeholder feedback, to ensure remuneration 
policies and practices remain appropriate and competitive.

The Committee has oversight of remuneration practices and, 
where required, will access specialist external advice about 
remuneration structure and levels and is utilised periodically 
to support the remuneration decision-making process.

The Committee Charter can be found on the Corporate 
Governance page of the Group’s website at  
www.mafinancial.com.

2.3 

Remuneration principles and links to business 
strategy and performance

The Group’s purpose is to deliver long term, sustainable  
value to our shareholders, clients and people. The key 
objectives underpinning our purpose are embedded in the 
Group’s remuneration principles, as summarised in the 
following diagram.

The Board exercises significant oversight and judgement to 
ensure the appropriate alignment of employees, shareholders 
and client outcomes. In setting remuneration, the Board 
seeks to strike a balance between having a transparent, 
aligned and structured remuneration framework, whilst 
retaining some discretion and flexibility to alter remuneration 
arrangements to deliver fair outcomes. In 2022, this has 
resulted in the awarded STI outcomes being below the 
assessed performance against the KPI measures. We believe 
this prudent and disciplined approach is appropriate when 
considering the wider context, including the economic outlook 
and the composition of the financial result.

As the Executives of MA Financial continue to build and 
scale the business, we seek to strike a balance between 
investing in the future and appropriate reward for the progress 
achieved to date. The Board recognises the need for a human 
judgement overlay in determining remuneration outcomes as 
rigid formulaic approaches can deliver unintended outcomes. 

As a whole, the Group’s compensation philosophy seeks to 
maintain relatively low fixed salaries against market and offer 
higher at risk components, using a long term incentives (LTI) 
structure. The proportion of variable to fixed compensation 
increases with the level of seniority and the ability to influence 
the financial outcomes of the Company. 

47

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

2.  How remuneration is governed

O U R   P U R P O S E

•  Partnering with clients who value strong alignment, complementary expertise and sustainable 

performance

•  Empowering our people through a culture of growth, cohesion, innovation and accountability (Our 

Differentiating Values and Behaviours)

•  Delivering a high standard of technical expertise in both fiduciary and advisor roles
•  Being active managers of risk.

R E M U N E R AT I O N   P R I N C I P L E S

Enable the Group 
to attract, retain 
and motivate a high 
performing Executive 
cohort

Align Executives 
to deliver both 
short and long 
term results and 
sustainable value 
creation

Alignment to 
shareholder objectives 
through an ‘owner’s 
mentality’

Reinforce active 
risk management 
and the upholding 
of the Group’s 
values

Encourage and 
drive growth by 
linking pay and 
performance 
and rewarding 
outperformance

E X E C U T I V E   K M P   R E M U N E R AT I O N   F R A M E W O R K

At-risk

Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR)

Short Term Incentive

Long Term Incentive

e
s
o
p
r
u
P

e
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
S

h
c
a
o
r
p
p
A

Set at a comparatively 
low level relative to 
industry and a smaller 
proportion of the total 
remuneration mix.

Rewards for achieving annual objectives 
that drives execution of our strategy 
and creates sustainable shareholder 
wealth, in a manner consistent with our 
values and risk culture.

Rewards for creating  
sustainable long term 
shareholder value and 
reinforcing an ownership 
mindset.

Base salary, compulsory 
superannuation and non- 
monetary benefits.

•  65% paid as cash
•  35% deferred into shares, as follows:

–  One third for 1 year
–  One third for 2 years
–  One third for 3 years.

Annual grant of loan funded 
shares funded by an interest-
free limited recourse loan, with 
vesting subject to a 5-year 
performance period.

Reviewed periodically 
considering various 
factors including our 
remuneration policy, 
role responsibility and 
complexity, market 
conditions and relevant 
external remuneration 
benchmarks.

Quantum:

Quantum:

•  Target opportunity range of 275%– 

325% of FAR for Joint CEOs

•  Maximum opportunity of 325% of FAR 

for Joint CEOs

•  No maximum opportunity for other 
KMP who may earn above target 
range, based on Board discretion.

Performance Assessment:

•  50% Corporate objectives (Underlying 

EPS and ROE)

•  50% Personal objectives  

(role-specific).

•  Target opportunity range  
of 125%–175% of FAR for  
Joint CEOs

•  No maximum opportunity 
for any KMP (including 
Joint CEOs) who may earn 
above target range for 
outperformance, based on 
Board discretion.

Performance Assessment:

•  CAGR EPS growth on  

a sliding scale

48

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

2.  How remuneration is governed

To ensure that the remuneration framework remains fit-for-
purpose as the Group continues to grow, the Board has 
continued to refine and enhance the remuneration framework 
during FY22.

on compound annual growth rate (CAGR), whereas in 2021 
average EPS growth was applied. This better aligns our 
practice with market practices and increases the required 
performance to achieve the hurdle.  

After consultations with all stakeholders, the Board has made 
certain amendments to the remuneration structure introduced 
in 2021. The enhancements made relate to LTI are as follows: 

• 

• 

 The Performance Condition applied to LTI award was 
previously 70% of the total LTI award (with 30% being 
subject to a service condition). In 2022, 100% of the LTI 
award will be subject to a Performance Condition, with 
vesting after 5 years. 

 The Performance Condition which applies is an EPS hurdle 
on a sliding scale, of between 7.5% and 12% per annum 
(which is unchanged from 2021). However, the calculation 
of the EPS performance condition in 2022 will be based 

During 2022 MA Financial made changes to how Underlying 
Earnings are determined, by excluding unrealised gains from 
Underlying Earnings (refer to ASX Announcement 9 June 
2022). As we consider it appropriate to align Executives to 
reported earnings, consistent amendments were made to the 
KPIs set at the commencement of 2022. 

In order that the FY21 LTI Performance Condition can be 
assessed against reported results, we propose to calculate 
FY21 LTI Performance Condition applying the Underlying 
Earnings definition consistent with the reporting practices 
adopted in mid-2022. 

The elements of the Executive remuneration framework are summarised in the diagram below and detailed in the subsequent 
sections.

Type

Structure

FY22

FY23

FY24

FY25

FY26

Fixed 
Remuneration

Short Term 
Incentive  
(at risk) (STI)

Long Term 
Incentive  
(at risk) (LTI)

Base salary, 
compulsory 
superannuation 
and non-monetary 
benefits

At risk, with 65% 
paid as cash, with 
35% deferred into 
shares vesting over 
3 years

At risk, with annual 
grant of loan funded 
shares funded by an 
interest-free, limited 
recourse loan 
(subject to a 5-year 
vesting period)

Cash paid 
throughout  
the year

Opportunity 
range is set as 
a % of base 
salary

STI cash 
component 
paid in Q1 
FY23

Share component deferred with one 
third in Year 3, one third in Year 4 and one 
third in Year 5

Subject to a 5-year performance period measured against Underlying EPS 
CAGR between 7.5% and 12% per annum

Legends:

Award (subject to  
appropriate approvals)

Share vesting

The above diagram illustrates the phasing of remuneration 
opportunity across a five year period. The remuneration 
structure has been designed to include significant deferred 
and share based components. This, combined with the LTI 

instrument (which awards for dividends and share price 
growth only) aligns the Executive to deliver shareholder 
outcomes and in our view encourages measured and 
responsible business building and growth.

49

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

3.  Executive remuneration policy and practices

This is illustrated further in the following tables that highlight total remuneration deferral over a five year period. The cumulative 
award shows the opportunity phasing from 20% in year 1 to 100% in year 5, with a material LTI weighting.

T I M I N G   O F   FA R ,   S T I   A N D   LT I   O V E R   5   Y E A R S

FAR

STI

LTI

Y1

100%

- 

- 

Y2

- 

65%

 - 

T I M I N G   O F   F Y 2 2   R E M U N E R AT I O N   O P P O R T U N I T Y 1

Total

Cumulative Total

FY22

20%

20%

FY23

34%

54%

1  Based on FY22 Joint CEO remuneration award 

Remuneration mix

J O I N T   C E O s

LTI

28%

Y4

 - 

12%

 - 

FY25

6%

66%

Y5

 - 

11%

100%

FY26

34%

100%

Y3

 - 

12%

 - 

FY24

6%

60%

K M P

20%

Fixed

LTI

19%

Fixed

39%

80%
At risk

61%
At risk

52%

STI

STI

42%

The graph above shows the remuneration mix for the Joint CEOs and KMP based on the remuneration outcomes for FY22 as 
set out in Table 3, 5 and 8. The remuneration mix shows graphically the Board’s focus on maintaining higher at risk components 
of remuneration, with 61–80% of KMP remuneration opportunity at risk. The approach to each of the components is described 
below in sections 3.1 to 3.3.

50

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

3.  Executive remuneration policy and practices

3.1 

Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR)

Consists of base salary, compulsory superannuation and non-
monetary benefits. FAR levels for the Executive are reviewed 
periodically by the Committee on behalf of the Board taking 
into consideration several factors including: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 the scope and complexity of the role, including role 
accountabilities

 the criticality of the role to successful execution of the 
business strategy

 skills and experience of the individual

 period of service

 scarcity of talent

 market pay levels for comparable roles.

MA Financial has and will continue to position FAR at relatively 
low levels compared with peers and intends to review FAR 
based on the Group achieving growth milestones, rather 
than on an annual basis. We believe that higher at-risk 
remuneration supports our philosophy of rewarding for long 
term performance. 

Following the FY21 remuneration structure review, a review of 
FAR for Senior Executives and the Managing Director cohort 
was conducted in FY22 for the first time since the Group’s 
inception in 2009. This followed a review of Joint CEO salaries. 
The review considered the appropriate mix of fixed and at 
risk compensation but has not led to an increase in total 
compensation awarded in FY22. 

As a consequence of the review, the Board agreed an 
increase to fixed salaries in FY22 for the following KMP: 
Andrew Pridham (Vice Chair), Janna Robertson (COO) and 
Graham Lello (CFO).

The FAR of the relevant KMPs increased during FY22 is:

FAR (revised)

FAR (pre review)

Effective date

FAR % increase in FY22

Andrew Pridham

Janna Robertson

Graham Lello

$600,000

$500,000

$500,000

$450,000

$450,000

$450,000

15 Feb 22

1 Apr 22

1 Apr 22

29%

8%

8%

51

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

3.  Executive remuneration policy and practices

3.2 

Short Term Incentive (STI) plan

What is the objective 
of the STI plan?

The purpose of the STI plan is to recognise the Executive for achieving a combination of Board-
approved Corporate and Personal objectives that support the execution of the Group’s strategy 
and create sustainable shareholder wealth, in a manner consistent with organisational values and 
risk culture.

How is it paid?

STI awards for the Executive are paid part in cash (65%) with a portion deferred in shares (35%) 
according to the extent of achievement of the applicable performance measures.

What is the 
performance period?

STI awards are assessed over a 12-month performance period aligned with the Group’s financial 
year (1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022).

How much can the 
Executive earn?

In FY22, the Joint CEOs had a target STI opportunity of $1,800,000 and a maximum opportunity of 
$1,950,000.

The Vice Chair has no target attached to his KPIs, as certain KPIs (eg revenue generation) are 
not subject to an upper limit. Other KMP had a target STI opportunity of 90–110% of FAR, with the 
ability to earn above the target range for significant outperformance, based on Board discretion.

STI award outcomes depend on the extent of achievement of the applicable performance measure.

How is performance 
assessed and what 
are the performance 
measures?

Performance measures include Corporate and Personal objectives (50% each) that align with the 
Group’s strategy and core values.

The Board, with the assistance of the Committee, sets and assesses the measures applicable to the 
Joint CEOs. The outcome of the assessment determines the STI amount payable to the Joint CEOs.

The Joint CEOs set and assess the individual measures applicable to the KMP. The Committee 
reviews the outcome of the assessment.

The Corporate objectives applicable to the Joint CEOs for FY22, their weightings and link to 
strategy are listed below.

Corporate objective

Underlying EPS 

ROE

Weighting 
(% of STI)

25%

25%

50%

Rationale why chosen and link to strategy

To incentivise profitability growth as a key driver of 
sustainable shareholder returns

Delivering long term competitive investment returns for 
our investors is core to our offering

The remaining 50% of the STI opportunity relates to performance against personal objectives that 
are specific to the role and responsibilities of the Executive in the areas they control and influence. 
Personal objectives are ultimately linked to the overall strategy and success measures of the Group.

Refer to section 4.2 for further detail of the Corporate and Personal objectives of the Joint CEOs 
for FY22, including commentary on performance assessment and outcomes.

During FY22, MA Financial made changes to how Underlying EBITDA (and consequently, Underlying 
EPS) is determined. The KPI measures for FY22 were adjusted to align with the reported Underlying 
EPS.

Yes.

35% of any STI award is deferred into ordinary shares in the Company. The shares vest in equal 
thirds on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively, subject to the 
recipient’s continued employment.

The number of shares to be allocated is equal to 35% of the STI award divided by the face value 
of Company shares, calculated as the 5 day volume-weighted average price (VWAP) up to and 
including 31 December 2022, less the dividend to be paid following the results announcement.

The deferral mechanism ensures that the impact of decisions and performance in any one year are 
sustained over the medium–long term, acts as a retention mechanism, and provides the Board an 
opportunity to reinforce accountability through remuneration reductions if necessary.

Is there a deferral 
mechanism and why?

52

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

3.  Executive remuneration policy and practices

What happens to 
STI awards when an 
Executive ceases 
employment?

How are dividends 
treated during the 
deferral period?

Is there a malus/
clawback provision?

Unless the Board determines otherwise or the Executive is a good leaver (see below), if the 
Executive ceases to be an employee of the Group during the deferral period, their deferred STI will 
be forfeited.

Subject to the Board’s discretion to determine otherwise and any applicable laws, an Executive 
who is a good leaver will be entitled to retain a pro rata portion of their deferred STI based on the 
proportion of the deferral period that has elapsed as at the date on which employment ceases. 
Any retained deferred STI will continue to be held subject to the rules governing the grant of the 
deferred STI component and will remain subject to restriction until the end of the relevant deferral 
period. The balance of the deferred STI will be forfeited.

Good leaver means a participant who ceases employment due to retirement (with agreement of 
the Board), resignation (with agreement of the Board), ill-health, total and permanent disablement, 
redundancy, or death, or the sale by the Company of the business in which the participant is 
employed such that it is no longer a member of the Group, as determined by the Board, or such 
other circumstances as the Board may at any time determine.

Dividends will be paid to holders of the shares during the deferral period.

Yes.

Where, in the opinion of the Board, a participant has acted fraudulently, dishonestly, made a 
material misstatement, has engaged in serious misconduct, gross negligence, is responsible for 
material financial losses, has contributed to material reputational damage, is in material breach 
of duties, has commenced employment with a direct competitor of the Company, the Board may, 
deem all or some of any deferred STI to have been forfeited, adjust conditions applicable to the STI, 
or adjust the participant’s incentive entitlements in respect of any future year.

Why does the Board 
consider Board 
discretion to be 
appropriate?

At all times, the Board may exercise discretion on STI awards. The Board acknowledges that 
selected performance measures and formulaic calculations may not provide the right remuneration 
outcome in every situation, leading to occasions where the incentive does not reflect true 
performance and overall contributions of the Executive. It is at this point that discretion becomes 
necessary, such that the Board can adjust outcomes up or down as warranted.

Discretion will only be applied in a manner that aligns the experience of both the Company and 
shareholders. Any discretion applied will be disclosed and explained in the Remuneration Report.

3.3 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan

Why does the Board 
consider a LTI plan is 
appropriate?

The key objectives of the LTI plan is to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Align Executive remuneration with the creation of sustainable long term shareholder value

 Reward Executives for share price appreciation and earnings performance over a five-year 
performance period

 Attract and retain key Executives

 Encourage an ‘owner’s mentality’

 Provide competitive remuneration aligned with general market practice of ASX-listed entities.

Who is eligible?

The Executive and other senior executives.

How is the award 
delivered?

The LTI award for FY22 is in the form of Loan Funded Shares.

A Loan Funded Share is a share whose acquisition has been fully or partly funded by a limited 
recourse loan from the Company. The loan is provided for the sole purpose of participants acquiring 
shares in the Company. Loan Funded Shares granted to eligible participants under the LTI plan carry 
the same rights and entitlements as other shares on issue, including voting and dividends.

The loan is ‘interest free’ in that there is no annual interest charge to the participant on the loan. 
However, the notional value of this interest is taken into account in the overall structure of the 
programme.

The Loan Funded Shares are subject to risk of forfeiture during the vesting/performance periods 
and while the loan remains outstanding.

53

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

3.  Executive remuneration policy and practices

How often are  
awards made?

How much can the 
Executive earn?

LTI awards are granted on an annual basis to eligible participants.

The Board has absolute discretion to determine the frequency and timing of grants under the LTI plan.

FY22 target LTI opportunities are as follows: 

Joint CEOs: 125–175% of fixed remuneration at target
Outperformance may lead to an award in excess of the target range, subject to Board discretion.

What is the quantum 
of the award and 
what allocation 
methodology is used?

The number of Loan Funded Shares granted to an Executive is determined by dividing the 
Executive’s LTI opportunity by the fair value of the Company’s shares. 

The fair value is calculated as the 5-day volume weighted average price (VWAP) of Company 
shares up to and including the grant date, multiplied by the binomial pricing model valuation factor. 

The model inputs for Loan Funded Shares granted during the year included: 

What is the 
performance period?

What are the 
performance 
conditions?

Why were the 
performance 
conditions selected?

•  Share price at grant 

•  Binomial factor of 30% 

•  LTI award

5-year performance period of 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2026.

Of the total number of Loan Funded Shares granted to an Executive, 100% will be subject to a 
Performance Condition: the performance condition for the FY22 LTI award is based on a CAGR of 
Underlying EPS. The award is on a sliding scale of 50%–100% award with CAGR Underlying EPS 
growth of 7.5% to 12%.

The performance conditions were selected by the Board in consideration of the Group’s strategic 
objectives. Specifically:

•  Use of Underlying EPS aligns the Executive to drive profitable growth objectives. Underlying 

EPS growth aligns the Executive to the strategic objectives to build MA Financial as a diversified 
financial services group in a manner which is measured and can be sustained. This determines the 
size of the LTI award

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Use of the Loan Funded Share instrument aligns the Executive to growth in the share price, 
because the share price appreciation from issue to vest determines the value of the LTI award

 Use of a sliding scale protects against a binary LTI award outcome

 Average EPS growth has been replaced with CAGR to better align our practices to market; and

 The 30% service condition has been removed and the LTI is now 100% subject to a performance 
hurdle, with vesting after 5 years.

The Board will review the performance conditions annually to determine the appropriate hurdles 
based on the Group’s strategy and prevailing market practice and conditions.

What is underlying 
CAGR and how is it 
measured?

The definition of average growth in Underlying CAGR is set out as follows:

Compound Annual 
Growth Rate (CAGR) % 

= ( 26EPS )

21EPS

( 1 )

N

– 1

Where: 
21EPS = Underlying EPS as at 31/12/21 
26EPS = Underlying EPS as at 31/12/26 
N = number of years (being 5 years in the plan)

The level of vesting of this component will be determined according to the following schedule:

Underlying CAGR (per annum)

Percentage of Loan Funded Shares that vest

Less than 7.5% 

7.5% to 12% 

Nil

Pro rata between 50% and 100% vest 

Greater than or equal to 12%

100% vest

54

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

3.  Executive remuneration policy and practices

What are the 
restrictions applying 
to Loan Funded 
Shares?

Loan Funded Shares may not be transferred, encumbered, disposed of or otherwise dealt with 
while they remain subject to the above performance conditions, unless permitted by the LTI plan 
rules or determined by the Board.

Once Loan Funded Shares vest, subject to the Company’s Trading Policy and applicable law, the 
Executive will generally be able to sell them subject to repaying the loan applicable to those Shares 
(or making arrangements acceptable to the Board regarding repaying of the loan).

How are dividends 
treated during the 
performance period?

Any dividends paid on the shares while the shares are restricted are applied (on a notional after-tax 
basis) towards repaying the loan. The balance of the dividend is paid directly to the Executives to 
fund their tax liability on the dividends received.

What happens to 
Loan Funded Shares 
when an Executive 
ceases employment?

Unless the Board determines otherwise or the Executive is a good leaver (see below), if the 
Executive ceases to be an employee of the Group during the performance period, their unvested 
Loan Funded Shares will be forfeited.

Subject to the Board’s discretion to determine otherwise and any applicable laws, an Executive 
who is a good leaver will be entitled to retain a pro rata number of their unvested Loan Funded 
Shares based on the proportion of the performance period that has elapsed as at the date on which 
employment ceases. Any retained unvested LTI will continue to be held subject to LTI plan rules and 
relevant performance conditions, and generally the Executive will have six months to settle the loan 
following vesting. The balance of unvested Loan Funded Shares will be forfeited in satisfaction of 
the portion of the loan to which the forfeited Loan Funded Shares relate.

Good leaver means a participant who ceases employment due to retirement (with agreement of 
the Board), resignation (with agreement of the Board), ill-health, total and permanent disablement, 
redundancy, or death, or the sale by the Company of the business in which the participant is 
employed such that it is no longer a member of the Group, as determined by the Board, or such 
other circumstances as the Board may at any time determine.

What happens in the 
event of a change of 
control?

Is there a malus/ 
clawback provision?

Yes.

The Board has discretion to make a determination to award, partially award or adjust LTI in the 
event of a change of control.

Yes.

Where, in the opinion of the Board, a participant has acted fraudulently, dishonestly, made a 
material misstatement, has engaged in serious misconduct, gross negligence, is responsible for 
material financial losses, has contributed to material reputational damage, has breached any term 
of the Loan Agreement, is in material breach of duties, has commenced employment with a direct 
competitor of the Group, the Board may, deem all or some of any unvested Loan Funded Shares 
as forfeited, adjust conditions applicable to the Loan Funded Shares, or adjust the participant’s 
incentive entitlements in respect of any future year.

Why does the Board 
consider Board 
discretion to be 
appropriate?

At all times, the Board may exercise discretion on vesting of LTI awards. The Board acknowledges 
that selected performance measures and formulaic calculations may not provide the right 
remuneration outcome in every situation, leading to occasions where the incentive does not reflect 
the true performance and overall contributions of the executive. It is at this point that discretion 
becomes necessary, such that the Board can adjust outcomes up or down as warranted.

Discretion will only be applied in a manner that aligns the experience of both the Company and 
shareholders. Any discretion applied will be disclosed and explained in the Remuneration Report.

55

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

4.  Executive remuneration outcomes in FY22

4.1 

Company performance

FY22 financial performance

The graphs below provide a summary of the Group’s financial 
performance over the past five financial years (including 
FY22) in accordance with the requirements of the Act. As 
remuneration outcomes are measured with reference to 

Underlying and not statutory results, only the Underlying 
results are presented in this section 4 of the Remuneration 
Report. A reconciliation of Underlying results to statutory 
results is set out in note 3 of the Financial Report:

U N D E R LY I N G   R E V E N U E   ( $ ’ M )

U N D E R LY I N G     E P S   ( C E N T S )

301.8

214.8

23.4

25.3

23.6

38.3

29.6

131.3

155.6

157.1

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

U N D E R LY I N G   R E T U R N   O N   E Q U I T Y   ( % )

S H A R E   P R I C E   ( $ )

16.4

16.5

15.7

15.9

8.95

14.6

4.57

5.10

4.75

4.54

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

U N D E R LY I N G   E B I T DA   ( $ ’ M )

D I V I D E N D   ( C E N T S )

54.8

60.8

57.5

70.9

106.7

20.0

17.0

10.0

10.0

8.0

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

56

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

4.  Executive remuneration outcomes in FY22

4.1 

Company performance (continued)

4.2 

STI performance and outcomes

The Board provides the following commentary regarding  
the Group’s Underlying financial performance for FY22. 
Further commentary on performance is set out in the Year in 
Review section. 

In accordance with the methodology set out in section 3 of 
the Remuneration Report, an assessment was undertaken of 
the performance of each eligible Executive against their FY22 
objectives.

FY22 was another strong performance year and maintaining 
growth rates of the order experienced in that year was 
not expected in all parts of the Group. The pleasing FY22 
performance shows the strength of a diversified Group. 

The FY22 STI objectives for the Joint CEOs, with commentary 
on achievements, are provided in Tables 1 and 2, respectively. 
The STI award percentages and payments to Executives are 
presented in Table 3 and 4.

We call out the following key highlights in the FY22 result:

• 

 Revenue increased by 41%, with Asset Management 
organic growth and performance fees a significant 
contributor and the addition of Finsure to our  
Lending platform

•  Underlying EBITDA increased by 51%. 

In the case of each of the Joint CEOs, the assessed 
performance against KPI measures exceeded 90%. The final 
STI awarded was less than 90%. In relation to other KMPs, 
assessed performance against KPI measures also exceeded 
the final STI award. This reflects our judgement that prudence 
is appropriate in light of the composition of the earnings result 
and in the current macroeconomic environment.

•  Underlying EPS increased by 29% to 38.3 cents per share 

and statutory EPS grew by 26% 

•  Underlying Return on Equity was 15.9% compared to 16.5% 

in the prior year

•  Full year dividend up 18%, representing a payout ratio  

of 52%

This strong result reflects the benefits of a diversified 
business. Whilst not all parts of the business have enjoyed 
equal growth, being diversified has enabled the business to 
continue to grow and invest where opportunities present.

Despite the positive momentum in the business, the share 
price, along with equity markets, has fallen during 2023. We 
continue to align Executives to delivering share price growth 
through the structure of our remuneration practices and 
remain confident of future growth as the business continues 
to perform well.

57

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report 

4.  Executive remuneration outcomes in FY22

TA B L E   1   –   J O I N T   C E O   J U L I A N   B I G G I N S   F Y 2 2   P E R F O R M A N C E   O B J E C T I V E S   &   O U T C O M E S

Category

Measure

Rationale for measure

Commentary on performance

Corporate Objectives (50% – 25% per objective)

Shareholder 
Return

Underlying EPS attributable to 
shareholders.

Provides alignment to 
shareholders

Underlying EPS of 38.3cps which is 0.7cps 
(2%) below the EPS target of 39.0cps

Investment 
Performance

Underlying Return on Equity 
(ROE)

Metrics focused on 
maintenance of a strong and 
conservative balance sheet 
position.

Personal Objectives (50%)

Delivering long term 
competitive investment returns 
for our investors is core to our 
offering

Underlying ROE of 15.9% exceeded ROE 
target of 15.0%

Business 
Growth

Strategic 
Initiatives

Employee 
Engagement

Strategic growth and leadership 
of the Group’s Real Estate and 
Hospitality strategies.

Provides alignment to the 
Group’s financial performance.

Metrics focusing on strong 
leadership of the business, 
including promoting leadership 
cohesion and cross business 
collaboration. 

Lead the progression of the 
group strategic approach  
to ESG.

Drive and elevate the MA 
Financial brand strategy, 
internal and external 
communications and brand.

Maintaining collaboration 
between the various divisions 
is considered fundamental to 
the performance of the Group.

ESG strategy will be a critical 
element of long term and 
sustained success.

The profile of the Group will 
be critical for the next phase 
of growth and for attracting 
aligned, high calibre talent.

Metrics focusing on strong 
leadership of the business, 
assessed against employee 
belonging and alignment to the 
Group’s culture and values., 
including actively reinforcing a 
strong risk culture, promoting 
MA Foundation and MA 
Academy as strategic pillars of 
our culture.

Providing a motivating 
workplace and maintaining 
an ‘owner’s mentality’ 
environment to drive continued 
business outcomes for 
investors and shareholders.

Fostering the development of 
our people so that they are 
able to realise their potential.

Risk

Metrics focusing on reinforcing 
a strong risk culture and 
managing strategic and 
operational risk within Board 
approved risk appetite.

Adherence to the Group’s risk 
culture underpins the entire 
short term incentive award.

It is critical for our senior 
management to have a high 
degree of ownership of risk 
management

Revenue and growth performance in 
Hospitality has been very strong and Real 
Estate has performed well, transacting 
on key initiatives notwithstanding a more 
challenged macroeconomic environment 
during FY22.

Strategic initiatives include acquisitions of 
25 Grenfell Street, Adelaide and Allendale 
Square, Perth office assets, and the 
acquisition of the Brunswick Hotel. 

Strong leadership of culture, including 
relocation of our Head Office to Brookfield 
Place to deliver a unique client and 
employee experience, reflecting our core 
belief that when our people are valued, 
nurtured and developed, they thrive. 

Led the FY22 growth in our employees 
and successfully strengthened our culture. 
The 2022 Culture Survey highlighted a 
strong, well-aligned culture with significant 
strengths in respect, teamwork and a 
shared commitment to growth. The Survey 
also highlighted progress made in the 
areas of talent development and diversity 
and inclusion. 

Led the progression of our ESG strategy, 
including a strong personal passion and 
leadership of our social stance, via giving 
and the activities of the MA Foundation.

Oversaw seamless leadership transition in 
Hospitality and building out of Corporate 
capability in the areas of Communications 
and Marketing following the renaming of 
the business in FY21.

Overall performance

>90%

58

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

4.  Executive remuneration outcomes in FY22

TA B L E   2   –   J O I N T   C E O   C H R I S T O P H E R   W Y K E   F Y 2 2   P E R F O R M A N C E   O B J E C T I V E S   &   O U T C O M E S

Category

Measure

Rationale for measure

Commentary on performance

Corporate Objectives (50% – 25% per objective)

Shareholder 
Return

Underlying EPS attributable to 
shareholders.

Provides alignment to 
shareholders

Underlying EPS of 38.3cps which is 0.7cps 
(2%) below the EPS target of 39.0cps

Delivering long term 
competitive investment returns 
for our investors is core to our 
offering

Underlying ROE of 15.9% exceeded ROE 
target of 15.0%

Investment 
Performance

Underlying Return on Equity 
(ROE)

Metrics focused on 
maintenance of a strong and 
conservative balance sheet 
position.

Personal Objectives (50%)

Business 
Growth 

Strategic 
Initiatives

Driving the strategy and 
growth for the Group’s and 
residential mortgage lending 
platforms, including acquisition 
integration.

Metrics focused on promoting 
and driving innovation, as well 
as delivery of agreed Lending & 
Technology milestones.

Leading internal innovation and 
technology adoption to enable 
our businesses and promote a 
culture of innovation.

Metrics focusing on strong 
leadership of the business, 
including promoting leadership 
cohesion and cross business 
collaboration.

Provides alignment to the 
Group’s financial performance

Maintaining collaboration 
between the various business 
divisions is considered 
fundamental to the 
performance of the Group

Employee 
Engagement

Metrics focusing on strong 
leadership of the business, 
assessed against employee 
belonging and alignment to the 
Group’s culture  
and values.

Providing a motivating 
workplace and maintaining 
a ‘owner’s mentality’ 
environment to drive continued 
business outcomes for 
investors and shareholders

Risk

Metrics focusing on reinforcing 
a strong risk culture, and 
promoting MA Foundation 
and MA Academy as strategic 
pillars of our culture

Fostering the development of 
our people so that they are 
able to realise their potential

It is critical for our senior 
management to have a high 
degree of ownership of risk 
management

As the organization broadens 
and grows, ensuring 
consistency of risk approach 
and measurement via a well 
designed group wide enterprise 
risk management framework, 
measurement and training

Revenue and growth performance in 
Lending & Technology and Credit activities 
has been very strong and met budgeted 
growth targets. 

Led the successful acquisition and 
integration of Finsure and MA Money as 
well as the continued investment in lending 
and technology platform innovation.

Led the FY22 growth in our employees 
and successfully strengthened our culture 
The 2022 Culture Survey highlighted a 
strong, well-aligned culture with significant 
strengths in respect, teamwork and a 
shared commitment to growth. The Survey 
also highlighted progress made in the 
areas of talent development and diversity 
and inclusion. 

Leadership in culture and integration of 
new employees, including leading MA 
Academy lecture series and promoting 
a strong culture of risk identification and 
appropriate risk taking.

Successful ongoing sponsorship of key 
strategic projects relating to business 
transformation and risk.

Advanced our risk culture and systems 
via oversight of the Risk Management 
Framework and Cyber Security priorities 
delivered in FY22.

Overall performance

>90%

59

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

5.  Executive contracts

TA B L E   3   –   S T I   O P P O R T U N I T Y   F O R   E X E C U T I V E   K M P   I N   F Y 2 2

Target STI 
opportunity 

Maximum STI 
opportunity 

STI outcome 

% of target  
STI awarded1

% of maximum  
STI awarded

Julian Biggins

$1,800,000

$1,950,000

$1,600,000

Christopher Wyke

$1,800,000

$1,950,000

$1,600,000

Andrew Pridham

N/A

Graham Lello

$450,000

Janna Robertson

$500,000

N/A

N/A

N/A

$900,000

$375,000

$425,000

89%

89%

N/A

83%

85%

82%

82%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1  The assessed performance of each of the Joint CEOs, Graham Lello and Janna Robertson met or exceeded the percentage of STI awarded.

At the request of the KMP, certain amounts of STI Award has been foregone in favour of a donation to the MA Foundation. The 
amounts which have been foregone are outlined in the table below.

TA B L E   4   –   S T I   AWA R D E D   T O   E X E C U T I V E   K M P   I N   F Y 2 2

Achieved STI 
Amount

Amount Foregone 
as Donation

STI Amount 
Awards

STI Outcome 
(Cash) 

STI Outcome 
(Deferred)1

Julian Biggins

$1,600,000 

$150,000 

 $1,450,000 

 $942,500 

 $507,500 

Christopher Wyke

$1,600,000 

Andrew Pridham2 

$900,000 

Graham Lello

$375,000 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 $1,600,000 

 $1,040,000 

 $560,000 

$900,000 

 $585,000 

 $315,000 

$375,000 

 $243,750 

$131,250 

Janna Robertson

$425,000 

$10,000 

$415,000 

 $269,750 

 $145,250 

1  With the exception of Mr Pridham, 35% of the STI amount awarded will take the form of restricted shares. Refer to further information regarding 

Mr Pridham’s deferred STI in footnote 2 below.

2 

In relation to Mr Pridham, the Board has exercised discretion to award the 2022 deferred STI as a deferred cash amount. Given Mr Pridham’s 
substantial equity holdings, he would be subject to adverse tax outcomes were he to receive the deferred component in the form of deferred 
shares. This amount will be paid in line with the vesting schedule for the restricted shares provided to other KMP. In making this decision, the 
Board had regard to Mr Pridham’s substantial shareholdings in the Group and considers that he continues to have significant alignment with 
shareholders.

All of the statutory remuneration tables set out in this remuneration report are shown in accordance with amounts received or 
to be received by each KMP and accordingly, exclude the donation amounts foregone as set out in Table 4 unless otherwise 
footnoted.

60

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

5.  Executive contracts

TA B L E   5   –   LT I   AWA R D S   F O R   E X E C U T I V E   K M P   R E L AT I N G   T O   F Y 2 2

Target LTI opportunity 
(% of FAR) 

LTI opportunity  
granted ($)

 LTI awarded  
(% of FAR)

Julian Biggins

Christopher Wyke

Andrew Pridham

Graham Lello

Janna Robertson

125–175% 

125–175% 

60–120% 

Up to 50%

Up to $50%

$850,000

$850,000

$500,000

$75,000

$200,000

142%

142%

83%

15%

40%

The LTI outcomes are calculated in accordance with the methodology outlined in section 3.5 of this report. Any equity granted to the Executive 
Directors will be presented to shareholders for approval in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

The remuneration award to Executive KMP compared with prior year is set out below.

TA B L E   6   –   C O M PA R I S O N   O F   VA R I A B L E   C O M P E N S AT I O N   AWA R D   T O   P R I O R   Y E A R

Executive

STI outcome1

Awarded LTI

Awarded Total Remuneration2

FY21

FY22

%

FY21

FY22

%

FY21

FY22

%

Julian Biggins

1,950,000 

1,600,000

-18% 1,000,000 

850,000

-15% 3,450,000  3,050,000

-12%

Christopher Wyke

1,950,000 

1,600,000

-18% 1,000,000 

850,000

-15% 3,450,000  3,050,000

-12%

Andrew Pridham

1,200,000 

900,000

-25%

225,000 

500,000

122% 1,875,000 

1,981,250

6%

Graham Lello

450,000 

375,000

-17%

225,000 

75,000

-67%

1,125,000 

937,500

-17%

Janna Robertson

585,000 

425,000

-27%

225,000 

200,000

-11% 1,260,000 

1,112,500

-12%

1.  STI outcome is the award of STI before any donation amounts nominated by the Executive is deducted.

2.  Awarded Total Remuneration includes FAR paid in FY21 and FY22..

Remuneration arrangements for Executives are formalised in employment agreements or service contracts (contracts). The 
following table outlines the key terms of the contracts with Executives.

TA B L E   7   –   E X E C U T I V E   K E Y   C O N T R A C T   P R O V I S I O N S

Name

Term of contract

Julian Biggins

Ongoing

Christopher Wyke

Ongoing

Andrew Pridham

Ongoing 

Graham Lello

Ongoing 

Janna Robertson

Ongoing

Notice period from  
the company1

Notice period 
from the 
executive

Treatment of STI and  
LTI on cessation

9 months

9 months

3 months

6 months

3 months

9 months

9 months

3 months

6 months

3 months

Refer to section 3 of the 
Remuneration Report for the 
treatment of STI and LTI on 
cessation of employment.

Refer to section 3 of the 
Remuneration Report for the 
treatment of STI and LTI on 
cessation of employment. 

1  The Group may make payment in lieu of notice and must pay statutory entitlements together with superannuation benefits. No notice period or 

payment in lieu of notice applies if termination was due to serious misconduct.

Termination payments

The Group did not make any termination payments to KMP during FY22. All contractual termination benefits comply with the 
provisions of the Act.

61

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

6.  Executive remuneration tables

6.1 

Executive cash value of remuneration realised in FY22

The cash value of remuneration realised by the Executive in FY22 is set out below. This information is considered to be relevant 
as it provides shareholders with a view of the ‘take home pay’ received by the Executive in FY22 and may differ from the 
disclosure of statutory remuneration in Table 8.

TA B L E   8   –   E X E C U T I V E   VA L U E   O F   R E M U N E R AT I O N   I N   F Y 2 2 

Executive

Fixed 
remuneration

FY22 Annual STI bonus1

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Salary including 
superannuation  
$

Cash 
component  
$

Deferred 
equity2 
$

Shares

Salary including 
superannuation 
%

Cash bonus 
%

Deferred 
equity 
%

Julian Biggins

 600,000 

 942,500 

 507,500 

 117,880 

Christopher Wyke

 600,000 

 1,040,000 

 560,000 

 130,075 

Andrew Pridham

 581,250 

 900,000 

 - 

 - 

Graham Lello

 487,500 

 243,750 

 131,250 

 30,486 

Janna Robertson

 487,500 

 269,750 

 145,250 

 33,738 

29%

27%

39%

57%

54%

46%

47%

61%

28%

30%

25%

26%

 - 

15%

16%

1  FY22 annual bonus amounts are net of voluntary donations, see section 4.

2  Amounts disclosed represent the accounting value of the award that will vest in three annual and equal instalments commencing 2024 and ending 
in 2026. The maximum value of the award would be the number of restricted shares at the Company’s share price at the time of vesting. The 
minimum total value of the award may be $0 in the event that the service condition attached to the award is not met.

62

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

6.  Executive remuneration tables

6.2 

Statutory executive remuneration in FY22

The below sets out the statutory executive remuneration disclosures which have been prepared in accordance with the Act and Australian Accounting Standards.

TA B L E   9   –   S TAT U T O R Y   E X E C U T I V E   R E M U N E R AT I O N   TA B L E

Short term employee benefits

Long term benefits

Equity-based benefits

Cash 
salary  
$

Bonus (cash 
component)1  
$

Annual 
leave 
$

Non-
monetary 
$

Total  
short term 
benefits 
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Long 
service 
leave 
$

Bonus 
(deferred 
cash 
component)  
$

Total 
long term 
benefits  
$

Restricted 
shares 
$

Options & 
rights 
$

Total 
equity-
based 
benefits  
$

Total 
remuneration 
$

Performance 
related  
%

FY22

575,570

942,500

23,912

12,749

1,554,731

24,430

11,928

 -  36,358

606,669

506,509

1,113,178

2,704,267

FY21

500,000

1,105,000

67,499

 - 

1,672,499

22,631

43,974

 -  66,605

408,569

149,359

557,928

2,297,032

FY22

575,570 1,040,000

37,360

13,106 1,666,036

24,430

11,922

 -  36,352

664,062

451,001

1,115,063

2,817,451

FY21

500,000

1,235,000

51,594

 - 

1,786,594

22,631

43,703

 -  66,334

434,465

153,237

587,702

2,440,630

FY22

556,820

585,000

64,375

14,967

1,221,162

24,430

45,851

315,000 385,281

54,829

222,222

277,051

1,883,494

FY21

450,000

780,000

(15,165)

12,894

1,227,729

22,631

8,183

420,000 450,814

84,798

22,462

107,260

1,785,803

FY22

463,070

243,750

4,678

FY21

450,000

289,250

30,976

FY22

463,070

269,750

(1,000)

FY21

450,000

364,000

27,760

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

711,498

24,430

18,988

 -  43,418

152,473

112,701

265,174

1,020,090

770,226

22,631

11,646

 - 

34,277

134,576

78,623

213,199

1,017,702

731,820

24,430

5,642

 -  30,072

183,066

145,604

328,670

1,090,562

841,760

22,631

3,864

 - 

26,495

109,754

85,577

195,331

1,063,586

78%

75%

77%

77%

66%

74%

51%

52%

57%

55%

Executive

Julian 
Biggins2

Christopher 
Wyke2

Andrew 
Pridham2

Graham 
Lello

Janna 
Robertson

Total

FY22 2,634,100 3,081,000 129,325

40,822 5,885,247

122,150

94,331

315,000 531,481 1,661,099 1,438,037 3,099,136

9,515,864

FY21 2,350,000

3,773,250

162,664

12,894 6,298,808

113,155

111,370

420,000 644,525

1,172,162

489,258

1,661,420

8,604,753

1  The cash component of bonuses received in respect of FY22 is expected to be paid in March 2023.

2  Reflects the amortisation of unvested deferred equity granted to the Executive including share rights, restricted shares and loan funded shares. The expense is based on grant date fair value, amortised on a straight line 

basis over the vesting period.

63

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

7.  Non-Executive Director remuneration

7.1 

NED remuneration policy and fee structure

The Group’s NED remuneration policy is designed to attract 
and retain suitably skilled Directors who can discharge 
their roles and responsibilities required in terms of good 
governance, oversight, independence and objectivity. 
The Board seeks to attract Directors with different skills, 
experience, expertise and diversity.

Under the Group’s Constitution and the ASX listing rules, the 
total annual fee pool for NEDs is determined by shareholders. 
The current maximum aggregate NED fee pool of $1,000,000 
per annum was approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM. 
Within this aggregate amount, NED fees are reviewed annually 
by the Committee and set by the Board.

TA B L E   1 0   –   N E D   F E E   S T R U C T U R E

The Committee reviews NED fees against comparable 
companies within the broader general industry and taking  
into account recommendations from independent 
remuneration advisors.

There were no changes to NED fees during FY22, however,  
the Board Committee Chair fees have been reviewed for FY23. 

The table below summarises the annual Board and committee 
fees payable to NEDs (inclusive of superannuation). 

Board fees

Role

Chair

NED

FY22

FY21 

 280,000 

 150,000 

 120,000 

120,000

Committee 
fees

Role

Chair

FY22

FY21

20,000

20,000

Member

 - 

 - 

The payment of Chair committee fees recognises the additional time commitment required by NEDs who serve in those 
positions. The Chair of the Board does not receive additional fees for being a member of any Board committee.

NEDs do not receive share options, other performance-based incentives or retirement benefits.

7.2 

Total fees paid to NEDs

TA B L E   1 1   –   S TAT U T O R Y   N E D   R E M U N E R AT I O N

Non-Executive Director

Cash salary and fees including superannuation $

Short term employee be-nefits

Jeffrey Browne

Kenneth Moelis

Alexandra Goodfellow

Kate Pilcher Ciafone

Simon Kelly

Nikki Warburton1

Total

FY22

280,000

 - 

FY21

160,833

 - 

140,000

140,000

 - 

140,000

2,959

562,959

 - 

97,222

 - 

398,055

1  Fees paid to Nikki Warburton are reported from commencement of term as Non-Executive Director on 23 December 2022.

64

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
Remuneration report

8.  Equity instrument reporting

8.1 

Loan Funded Shares provided to the Executive

The following table details Loan Funded Shares that have been 
issued to the Executive under the LTI plan (refer section 3).

The LTI granted for FY21 is subject to an Underlying EPS 
performance condition. As announced on 9 June 2022, the 
Group amended the Underlying treatment of mark to market 
movements of investments by removing any unrealised gains 
or losses from Underlying revenue and, as a result, amended 

TA B L E   1 2   –   L O A N   F U N D E D   S H A R E S   –   LT I   P L A N

the definition of Underlying earnings. As a consequence of 
this change, the FY21 LTI performance condition will be tested 
applying the amended Underlying earnings definition. On this 
basis, the FY20 Underlying EPS (which provides the baseline 
for the EPS performance condition calculation) is 23.6 cps, 
as compared with 25.1 cps if applying the previous Underlying 
earnings methodology.

Julian Biggins1

Christopher Wyke1

Andrew Pridham1

Graham Lello

Janna Robertson

Balance at  
1 Jan 22

 250,000 

 250,000 

 100,000 

 400,000 

 500,000 

Granted as 
remuneration 

 515,900 

 515,900 

 116,077 

 94,840 

 94,840 

Vested

Lapsed

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Balance at  
31 Dec 22

 765,900 

 765,900 

 216,077 

 494,840 

 594,840 

8.2  Movements in Executive equity holdings and deferred shares

The details of equity holdings and deferred shares in the 
Company held by executives (including close family members 
and/or any entity they, or their close family members, control,  
jointly control or significantly influence) are set out in  
Table 12 below.

There have been no changes to the terms and conditions 
of these awards since the awards were granted. There are 
no amounts unpaid on any of the shares exercised and all 
restricted shares and rights are exercised automatically  
when vested. 

TA B L E   1 3   –   E Q U I T Y   H O L D I N G S   O F   E X E C U T I V E   K M P

Executive

Equity instrument1

Number at 
start of year

Granted during 
the period2

Vested

Acquired

Disposed

Number at 
reporting 
date

Julian Biggins Ordinary shares

5,667,523

Share rights

111,021

 - 

 - 

184,904

(82,155)

Restricted shares

255,549

68,806

(102,749)

Christopher 
Wyke

Ordinary shares

5,556,504

Share rights

117,778

 - 

 - 

195,347

(88,542)

Restricted shares

269,220

76,901

(106,805)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

(524,257)

5,328,170

 - 

 - 

28,866

221,606

(423,681)

5,328,170

 - 

 - 

29,236

239,316

Andrew 
Pridham

Ordinary shares

18,981,133

Restricted shares

Salary Sacrifice 
Shares

57,198

1,153

Graham Lello

Ordinary shares

223,957

Janna 
Robertson

Share rights

Restricted shares

Ordinary shares

Restricted shares

Salary Sacrifice 
Shares

44,581

47,791

66,693

68,676

1,153

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

18,011

 - 

22,665

20,219

137,075

(187,818)

18,950,609

(19,066)

(1,153)

63,595

(44,581)

(19,014)

26,275

(25,122)

(1,153)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

38,132

 - 

8,500

(20,914)

275,138

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

46,788

92,968

66,219

 - 

1  Ordinary share holding includes directly held shares and beneficial interests in ordinary shares as a result of holdings in the Existing Staff Trusts 

(as defined in the Glossary in the Additional Information section of the Annual Report.

2  Only includes restricted shares to be granted as part of the FY22 short term incentive award in March 2023.

65

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRemuneration report

8.  Equity instrument reporting

8.3  Movements in Non-Executive Director equity holdings

The number of equity instruments in the Company held (directly and nominally) by Non-Executive Directors or their related 
parties (their close family members and/or any entity they, or their close family members, control, jointly control or significantly 
influence) are set out below.

TA B L E   1 4   –   E Q U I T Y   H O L D I N G S   O F   N O N - E X E C U T I V E   D I R E C T O R S

Executive

Equity instrument

Number at 
start of year

Granted 
during the 
year

Exercised

Purchased

Lapsed 
or sold

Jeffrey Browne

Ordinary shares

781,250

Kenneth Moelis

Ordinary shares

 - 

Alexandra Goodfellow Ordinary shares

21,500

Kate Pilcher Ciafone

Ordinary shares

 - 

Simon Kelly

Ordinary shares

10,000

Nikki Warburton

Ordinary shares

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

10,871

 - 

55,161

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Number at 
reporting 
date

781,250

 - 

32,371

 - 

65,161

 - 

9.  Loans to KMP

There were no loans to KMP during the year. Loan balances under the limited recourse Loan Funded Share Plan represent a 
transaction with a KMP that is an in-substance option and not a loan to the KMP.

10.  Other transactions and balances with KMP and their related parties

Transactions conducted by KMP (and their related parties) during the reporting period with the Group and subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates of the Group are described below.

During the year ended 31 December 2019 Mr Pridham and Mr Biggins entered into property management service arrangements 
with the Group on the same terms offered to third-party investors in a property managed by the Group. Total management fees 
payable by Mr Pridham and Mr Biggins for FY22 amounted to $69,352 and $15,506 respectively.

66

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAuditor’s independence declaration
For the year ended 31 December 2022

67

  67   KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.  Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 To the Directors of MA Financial Group Limited I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of MA Financial Group Limited for the financial year ended 31 December 2022 there have been: i. no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and ii. no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.       KPMG       Shaun Kendrigan Partner  Sydney 23 February 2023               MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report04 Financial StatementsMA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportRestricted cash 

Receivables 
Loans receivable 
Loss allowance 

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement of financial position  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated statement of cash flows 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Significant accounting policies 
1 
Application of new and revised Australian Accounting Standards 
2 
Segment information 
3 
Fee and commission income 
4 
Fee and commission expense 
5 
Interest income 
6 
Investment income 
7 
Other income 
8 
Employee expenses 
9 
Finance costs 
10 
Other expenses 
11 
12 
Income tax expense 
13  Cash and cash equivalents 
14 
15 
16 
17  Other assets 
18  Contract assets and liabilities 
19 
20  Other financial assets and liabilities 
21 
Property, plant and equipment 
22  Right-of-use assets 
23 
24 
25  Trade and other payables 
26  Borrowings 
27 
28  Provisions 
29  Financial instruments 
30  Contributed equity 
31 
Earnings per share 
32  Dividends 
33  Reserves 
34  Share-based payments 
35  Key management personnel compensation 
36  Related party transactions 
37  Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries 
38  Parent entity disclosures 
39  Deed of cross guarantee 
40  Structured entities 
41 
42  Commitments 
43  Contingent assets and liabilities 
44  Events after the reporting date 

Investments in associates and joint ventures 
Intangible assets 

Auditor’s remuneration 

Lease liabilities 

70
71
72
73
74
74
90
91
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
98
100
101
102
102
104
104
104
105
105
106
106
109
111
111
113
114
114
123
124
125
125
126
132
132
133
136
137
139
140
140
140
140

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportConsolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense

Net fee and commission income

Share of net profits from associates

Interest income

Investment income

Other income

Total income

Employee expenses

Marketing and business development

Information, technology and data

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Credit loss allowance

Other expenses

Total expenses

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax

Note

4

5

23

6

7

8

9

21,22,24

10

16

11

12

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Items that will not be classified subsequently to profit or loss:

Fair value (loss)/gain on investments in equity instruments designated at FVTOCI

Share of other comprehensive income from associates

Foreign exchange movements on translation

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 700,752 

 (443,509)

257,243

 1,389 

 58,633 

 6,873 

 8,804 

 201,969 

 (20,502)

181,467

 3,187 

 30,621 

 7,579 

 5,881 

332,942

228,735

 167,047 

 129,585 

 11,323 

 10,071 

 17,241 

 40,694 

 1,887 

 23,710 

 271,973 

 60,969 

 (16,114)

 44,855 

 (920)

 1,608 

 211 

 899 

 45,754 

 5,589 

 5,984 

 8,952 

 14,520 

 1,222 

 14,173 

 180,025 

 48,710 

 (16,669)

 32,041 

 7,462 

 8,562 

 - 

 16,024 

 48,065 

Earnings per share

From continuing operations

Basic (cents per share)

Diluted (cents per share)

31

31

28.0

26.9

22.3

21.2

The above consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes.

70

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportConsolidated statement of financial position 

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Note

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Loans receivable

Other assets

Contract assets

Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Restricted cash

Loans receivable

Contract assets

Other financial assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Other financial liabilities

Borrowings

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Income tax payable

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity 

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total shareholders equity 

13

14

15

17

18

20

19

15

18

20

21

22

23

24

24

25

20

26

18

27

28

12

25

26

18

27

28

12

30

33

 144,589 

 88,483 

 319,802 

 9,086 

 139,280 

 167,100 

 868,340 

 700 

 535,680 

 467,952 

 29,212 

 5,973 

 61,773 

 91,586 

 56,849 

 128,169 

 1,377,894 

 2,246,234 

 77,565 

 116,419 

 246,505 

 131,061 

 6,219 

 45,005 

 3,849 

 626,623 

 240 

 693,584 

 440,304 

 58,733 

 1,624 

 15,539 

 1,210,024 

 1,836,647 

 409,587 

 275,087 

 54,011 

 80,489 

 409,587 

 242,861 

 36,505 

 169,156 

 14,321 

 - 

 3,805 

 466,648 

 6,700 

 173,293 

 - 

 66,034 

 2,035 

 9,874 

 120,393 

 13,885 

 14,010 

 406,224 

 872,872 

 33,978 

 - 

 55,030 

 - 

 6,598 

 42,461 

 7,047 

 145,114 

 229 

 351,290 

 - 

 3,687 

 1,239 

 1,280 

 357,725 

 502,839 

 370,033 

 254,990 

 48,491 

 66,552 

 370,033 

The above consolidated statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

71

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportConsolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Consolidated

Note

Balance as at 1 January 2021

Profit after income tax

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Payment of dividends

Issue of ordinary shares

Treasury shares

Equity transaction costs

Share-based payments

Balance as at 31 December 2021

Balance as at 1 January 2022

Profit after income tax

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Foreign currency translation

Total comprehensive income

Payment of dividends

Issue of ordinary shares

Share buy-back

Treasury shares

Equity transaction costs

Share-based payments

Balance as at 31 December 2022

 32 

 30 

 34 

33

32

30

34

Contributed  
equity  
$’000

 154,579 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 124,180 

 (22,147)

 (1,622)

 - 

 100,411 

 254,990 

Reserves 
$’000

 25,141 

 - 

 16,024 

 16,024 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 7,326 

 7,326 

 48,491 

 254,990 

 48,491 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 47,114 

 (4,104)

 (22,782)

 (131)

 - 

 20,097 

 275,087 

 - 

 688 

 211 

 899 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 4,621 

 4,621 

 54,011 

Retained  
earnings  
$’000

 57,137 

 32,041 

 - 

 32,041 

 (22,626)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (22,626)

 66,552 

 66,552 

 44,855 

 - 

 - 

 44,855 

 (30,918)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (30,918)

 80,489 

Total equity
$’000

 236,857 

 32,041 

 16,024 

 48,065 

 (22,626)

 124,180 

 (22,147)

 (1,622)

 7,326 

 85,111 

 370,033 

 370,033 

 44,855 

 688 

 211 

 45,754 

 (30,918)

 47,114 

 (4,104)

 (22,782)

 (131)

 4,621 

 (6,200)

 409,587 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

72

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportConsolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash flows from operating activities 

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Amounts advanced to third parties

Interest received

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

Note

572,259

 228,062 

 (519,092)

 (334,774)

 (146,917)

 (119,017)

 54,247 

 27,529 

 (35,189)

 (21,249)

 (14,201)

 (20,231)

Net cash used in operating activities

13

 (283,798)

 (44,775) 

Cash flows from investing activities

Net proceeds from sale of financial investments

Distributions received from investments

Payments for employee loans

Net proceeds/(payments) from the acquisition and sale of shares in associates

Payments to acquire subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

37

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 

Net proceeds from the issue of shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Share buy-back

Proceeds from exercise of share options

Cash transferred from/(to) restricted cash accounts

Payments of lease liabilities

Interest on lease liabilities

Proceeds from borrowings

Dividends paid to shareholders

Net cash generated by financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

32

 (376)

 8,393 

 (1,388)

 25,784 

 (146,910)

 (12,866)

 (127,363)

 19,297 

 (6,734)

 (4,104)

 536 

 5,999 

 (5,948)

 (3,513)

 336,667 

 (30,918)

 311,282 

 (99,879)

 (5,818)

 2,228 

 (384)

 (35,467)

 (10,870)

 (2,207)

 (52,518)

 97,205 

 (4,915)

 - 

 585 

 (4,200)

 (2,931)

 (250)

 138,750 

 (22,626)

 201,618 

 104,325 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 242,861 

 138,004 

Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies

 1,607 

 532 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

13

 144,589 

 242,861 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

73

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

a 

Significant accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report is a General Purpose Financial Report 
which has been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 
(the Act). The Financial Report comprises the consolidated 
financial statements of the Group and accompanying notes. 
MA Financial Group Limited is a for-profit company for the 
purposes of preparing this Financial Report. MA Financial 
Group Limited is a listed public company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of this Financial Report and that of the previous financial 
year are set out below. These policies have been consistently 
applied to all the financial years presented and are applicable 
to both MA Financial Group Limited and its subsidiaries 
(Group) as well as to MA Financial Group Limited (Company), 
unless otherwise stated.

In accordance with the Act, these financial statements 
present the results of the Group only. Supplementary 
information about the parent entity is disclosed in note 38.

The Financial Report was authorised for issue in accordance 
with a resolution of the Directors on 23 February 2023.

Compliance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards 

Compliance with Australian Accounting Standards ensures 
that the Financial Report complies with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Consequently, this 
Financial Report has also been prepared in accordance with 
and complies with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

Basis of measurement

Unless otherwise stated, amounts in this Financial Report 
are presented in Australian dollars, which is the Company’s 
functional currency, and have been prepared on a historical 
cost basis, except for financial assets which are measured at 
fair value. Historical cost is generally based on the fair values 
of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

Going concern

The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial 
statements, a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence 
for the foreseeable future. Thus they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial 
statements.

Critical accounting estimates and significant judgements

The preparation of the Financial Report in conformity with 
Australian Accounting Standards requires the use of certain 
critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to 
exercise judgement in the process of applying the accounting 
policies. The notes to the consolidated financial statements 
set out areas involving a higher degree of judgement or 
complexity, or areas where assumptions are significant to the 
Group such as:

•  determination of control of subsidiaries (note 1(b) and 37).

•  determination of significant influence over associates and 

joint control over joint ventures (note 1(j) and 23).

• 

• 

• 

the impairment of goodwill (note 1(m) and 24).

recognition and measurement of employee benefits 
including share based payments (note 1(q) and 34).

recognition of fees subject to performance criteria and 
other conditions, including conditions outside of the 
Group’s control (note 1(c)). 

•  valuation of contract assets and liabilities (note 1(g) and 

note 18).

•  acquisition accounting, including the recognition and 

measurement of intangible assets and residual goodwill, of 
the acquired subsidiaries (note 1(n) and note 37).

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are 
based on historical experience and other factors, including 
reasonable expectations of future events.

b 

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the 
financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
Subsidiaries are all those entities controlled by the Company. 
Control is achieved when the Company:

•  has power over the investee; 

• 

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its 
involvement with the investee; and

•  has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an 
investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three elements of control  
listed above.

When the Company has less than a majority of the voting 
rights of an investee, it has power over the investee when 
the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability 
to direct the relevant activities of the investee. The Company 

74

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

b 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Basis of consolidation (continued)

considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing 
whether or not the Company’s voting rights in an investee are 
sufficient to give it control, including:

• 

the size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative 
to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote 
holders;

•  potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote 

holders or other parties;

• 

rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and

•  any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that 
the Company has, or does not have, the current ability 
to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions 
need to be made, including voting patterns at previous 
shareholders’ meetings. 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company 
obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the 
Company loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income 
and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during 
the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss and other comprehensive income from the date the 
Company gains control until the date when the Company 
ceases to control the subsidiary. 

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses 
and cash flows relating to transactions between the members 
of the Group are eliminated on consolidation.

c 

Revenue recognition

The Group accounts for revenue under AASB 15 Revenue from 
contracts with customers (AASB 15). Revenue is recognised 
either at a point in time or over time, when (or as) the Group 
satisfies performance obligations by transferring services to 
its customers. If the Group performs a performance obligation 
before it receives the consideration, the Group recognises 
either a contract asset or a receivable in its statement of 
financial position, depending on whether something other than 
the passage of time is required before the consideration is 
due. The Group’s significant income streams under AASB 15 
include:

and commission income that is calculated using the effective 
interest rate method on a financial asset is capitalised and 
income is recognised in the income statement over the 
expected life of the instrument.

Management fees 

Management fees are fees from the provision of asset 
management services per underlying investment agreements. 
The fees are recognised over time as performance obligations 
are met.

Performance fees

Performance fees are fees from managed funds and are 
recognised when it is highly probable that a significant 
reversal of the fee will not occur. Factors that are taken into 
consideration for performance fees include:

• 

• 

the proportion of assets already realised 

returns on assets realised to-date

•  downside valuation on remaining unrealised assets and 

reliability of those estimates

•  nature of unrealised investments and their returns. 

Lending upfront commission income

The Group receives upfront origination commission on the 
settlement of loans originated by authorised brokers. Upfront 
commissions are recognised upon the loans being settled 
and are recognised net of clawbacks. The Group remits 
100% of commissions net of any aggregation service fees to 
authorised brokers. 

Lending trail commission income and expense

The Group receives trail commission income from lenders 
on loans they have settled that were originated by authorised 
brokers. The trail commissions are received over the life of 
the loans based on the individual loan balance outstanding. 
The Group remits trail commission payments to authorised 
mortgage originators (brokers) based on the individual loan 
balance outstanding (and in accordance separate agreements 
entered into with authorised brokers).

(i) Fees and commission income 

Service fees

Fee and commission income includes fees from fund 
management, brokerage, corporate advisory, underwriting and 
property management. Where fee and commission income are 
subject to clawback or meeting certain performance hurdles, 
they are recognised as income when it is highly probable 
those conditions will not significantly affect the outcome. Fee 

The Group earns Software as a Service (SaaS) income for 
subscription to its proprietary loan origination platform, 
Infynity, and also provides compliance and licensing services 
to its brokers. The Group charges a fee for both of these 
services, with revenue recognised over time as the services 
are provided.

75

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

c 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Revenue recognition (continued)

(ii) Interest income

(iii) Dividend and distribution income

Interest income is calculated using the effective interest 
method. The effective interest method calculates the 
amortised cost of a financial instrument and allocates the 
interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. 
The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated 
future cash receipts or payments through the expected life of  
the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period, 
to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability.

Dividends and distributions are recognised as income when 
the Group becomes entitled to the dividend or distribution.

The following table, summarises the main services provided by the Group, and provides information about the nature and timing 
of the satisfaction of performance obligations in contracts with customers, and the related revenue recognition policies:

At a point in time revenue recognition:

Revenue recognition policy

Judgements used to identify 
performance obligations

Type of service

Advisory 
success fees

Nature, timing of satisfaction of 
performance obligations, significant 
payment terms

Fees from corporate advisory 
contracts arise from providing 
services relating to mergers 
and acquisitions, restructurings, 
capital fund raising and other 
advisory services. Each service 
has identifiable performance 
obligations – being completion 
of the merger and acquisition, 
restructuring, or capital fund 
raising. Amounts assigned to 
each identifiable performance 
obligation are based on the 
standalone selling price of each 
individual performance obligation.

Revenue is only recognised on 
completion of the performance 
obligations specified in the 
contracts including any necessary 
regulatory and shareholder 
approvals. No amounts are 
recognised if the performance 
obligations are not met in full. 
For contracts that have key 
milestones defined, each key 
milestone represents a separate 
performance obligation.

The Group reviews its revenue 
history to assess the following:
(1)  the determination of the type 

of fees;

(2)  the timing of when revenue 
was recognised and when 
invoices were raised; and
(3)  the key milestones that were 

met and not met.

The Group considers that 
control of the services are only 
passed to the customer when the 
transaction has completed, and 
does not create an asset with 
alternative use and the benefits 
provided are consumed at 
completion of the transaction. As 
such Advisory success fees are 
recognised at a point in time.

As the customer can only 
benefit at the completion of the 
trade, the Group recognises the 
brokerage revenue at the point 
in time when the brokerage 
services are provided.

Estimates are made using 
historical data for upfront 
commissions that may be clawed 
back by lenders in accordance 
with individual contracts.

Equities 
commission 
and brokerage 
income

The Group is remunerated for 
the provision of security trading 
services. Fees are defined within 
the customer contracts.

Revenue, net of any rebates, is 
recognised on trade date.

Recognised upon the loans 
being settled net of estimated 
clawbacks.

The Group receives upfront 
origination commission on the 
settlement of loans originated 
by authorised brokers. Upfront 
commissions are recognised 
upon the loans being settled 
and are recognised net of 
clawbacks. The Group remits 
100% of commissions net of 
any aggregation service fees to 
authorised brokers. 

Lending 
upfront 
commission 
income

76

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

c 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Revenue recognition (continued)

At a point in time revenue recognition (continued)

Type of service

Lending trail 
commission 
income

Nature, timing of satisfaction of 
performance obligations, significant 
payment terms

Revenue recognition policy

Judgements used to identify 
performance obligations

The Group receives trail 
commission income from lenders 
on loans they have settled that 
were originated by authorised 
brokers. The trail commissions 
are received over the life of the 
loans based on the individual 
loan balance outstanding. The 
Group remits trail commission 
payments to authorised mortgage 
originators (brokers) based 
on the individual loan balance 
outstanding (and in accordance 
separate agreements entered into 
with authorised brokers).

On initial recognition, trail 
commission income and 
receivables are recognised 
at the transaction price using 
the expected value approach, 
being the expected future 
trail commission receivables 
discounted to their net present 
value. In addition, an associated 
payable and expense to the 
relevant brokers are also 
recognised, calculated as the fair 
value of the future trail commission 
payable to brokers discounted to 
their net present value.

The recognition of the contract 
asset represents an estimate 
of the commission income to 
be received from lenders on 
settled loans. The use of the 
expected value approach of 
estimating commission income 
requires significant judgement 
as assumptions are made using 
a variety of inputs, including 
the expected loan run-off rate 
and the discount rate, that are 
determined by management.

Revenue recognised at the time 
the transaction is completed.

As the benefits of the transaction 
will only be observable on 
completion, transaction fees are 
recognised at a point in time.

Facilitation 
and 
transaction 
fees from 
asset 
management 
services

The Group earns fees for 
successful transactions relating 
to assets and funds managed by 
the Group such as the acquisition 
and disposal of assets. These 
fees can only be invoiced on 
completion of the transaction. 
The fee is based on a percentage 
of the transaction and payable 
as per the terms within the 
underlying agreements.

Over time revenue recognition

Advisory 
retainer fees

Fees for on-going performance 
obligations as specified in each 
contract. Retainer fees are 
generally pre-defined within the 
contract. Invoices are issued on a 
monthly basis for ongoing work.

Revenue is recognised over time 
as the Group provides services.

Performance 
and 
distribution 
fees relating 
to asset 
management 
services

Fees are earned for asset 
management services when 
the fund is managed such 
that it exceeds performance 
benchmarks. The benchmarks 
and associated distribution fee 
are defined within each trust 
agreement.

The Group recognises distribution 
fees and performance fees to the 
extent that it is highly probable 
that a significant reversal 
of revenue will not occur in 
subsequent periods. 

As the Group performs its 
obligations, the revenue is 
recognised over time on a straight-
line basis in accordance with the 
underlying contract. Services are 
provided in equal amounts through 
the course of the year.

The customer benefits as 
the Group provides asset 
management services, thus 
the Group recognises the 
performance and distribution 
fees over time. Performance fees 
are based on returns in excess 
of a specified benchmark market 
return, over the contract period. 
In determining the amount to be 
recognised, the Group considers 
past performance across its 
portfolio of assets and closely 
monitors for any potential signs 
of adverse impact on the fees.

77

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

c 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Revenue recognition (continued) 

Over time revenue recognition (continued)

Type of service

Management, 
administrative 
and trustee 
fees from 
asset 
management 
services

Nature, timing of satisfaction of 
performance obligations, significant 
payment terms

The provision of asset 
management services per 
investment agreements. The 
amounts charged for the separate 
performance obligations are 
determined based on the relevant 
clauses of the investment 
management contracts.

Revenue recognition policy

The performance obligations 
represent a series of distinct 
services. Revenue is recognised 
as performance obligations 
are met based on standalone 
selling price of the performance 
obligation.

Management 
fees relating 
to property 
management 
services

Fees for providing hotel and retail 
property management services. 
The amounts charged for the 
separate performance obligations 
are determined based on the 
relevant clauses of the underlying 
contracts.

The performance obligations 
represent a series of distinct 
services that have similar pattern 
of transfer. As such, revenue is 
recognised over time on a straight-
line basis throughout the year.

Service fees

The Group earns Software as a 
Service income for subscription 
to its proprietary loan origination 
platform “Infynity” and also 
provides compliance and licensing 
services to its brokers.

The performance obligations 
represent a series of distinct 
services that have similar pattern 
of transfer. As such, revenue is 
recognised over time throughout 
the year.

Judgements used to identify 
performance obligations

The Group considers the 
performance of these 
management and trustee services 
as a series of distinct services 
that have similar pattern of 
transfer. As such, the Group has 
determined that recognising the 
revenue over time on a straight-
line basis throughout the year is 
the most appropriate depiction of 
the transfer of services.

The Group considers the 
performance of these 
management services as a series 
of distinct services that have 
similar pattern of transfer. As 
such, recognising the revenue 
over time on a straight-line basis 
throughout the year is the most 
appropriate depiction of the 
transfer of services.

The Group considers the 
performance of these services as 
a series of distinct services that 
have similar pattern of transfer. 
As such, recognising the revenue 
over time throughout the year is 
the most appropriate depiction of 
the transfer of services.

d 

Cash and cash equivalents

f 

Loans receivable

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits 
held at call with financial institutions, other short term, highly 
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or 
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and 
which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Loans receivable are recognised on settlement date, when 
cash is advanced to the borrower. A credit loss allowance 
for expected credit losses on loans receivable is recognised 
upon inception of a loan. Please refer to note 16 for further 
information.

e 

Trade and other receivables

g 

Contract assets and liabilities

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less any allowance for expected credit 
losses. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement  
within 30 days. The Group has applied the simplified 
approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a 
lifetime expected loss allowance. To measure the expected 
credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on 
days overdue.

78

The Group’s trail commission receivables, on initial 
recognition, are recognised at transaction price using the 
expected value method as a contract asset under AASB 
15, being the expected future trail commission receivables 
discounted to their net present value. In addition, an 
associated payable and expense to the relevant brokers 
are also recognised, initially measured at fair value being 
the future trail commission payable to relevant brokers 
discounted to their net present value. These calculations 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

g 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Contract assets and liabilities (continued)

require the use of assumptions which are determined by 
management using a variety of inputs including external 
actuarial analysis of historical information. Key assumptions 
underlying the calculation include the expected loan run-off 
rate and the discount rate. Refer to note 18 for details on 
these key assumptions.

Subsequent to initial recognition and measurement both 
the trail commission asset and trail commission payable are 
measured at amortised cost. The carrying amount of the 
trail commission asset and trail commission payable are 
reassessed at each reporting period, to reflect actual and 
revised estimated cash flows, by recalculating the carrying 
amount with reference to the present value of estimated 
future cash flows at the original effective interest rate. Any 
resulting adjustment is recognised as income or expense in 
the profit or loss.

h 

Plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to realise 
the net cost of each class of assets over its expected 
useful life. The estimated useful lives, residual values and 
depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each 
reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate 
accounted for on a prospective basis. The depreciation 
periods are as follows:

•  office equipment 3 years

• 

• 

furniture and fittings 7 years

leasehold improvements are amortised over the term of 
the lease

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an 
item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the 
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying 
amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss. 

i 

Leases

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a 
corresponding lease liability at the commencement date in the 
consolidated statement of financial position, except for short 
term leases and leases of low value assets.

Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost and comprise 
of the amount that corresponds to the amount recognised 
for the lease liability on initial recognition together with any 
lease payments made at or before the commencement date 
(less any lease incentives received), initial direct costs and 
restoration-related costs. The right-of-use asset is amortised 
over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on 
a straight-line basis. Amortisation of right-of-use assets starts 
at the commencement date of the lease and is recognised in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

The Group applies AASB 136 Impairment of Assets (AASB 
136) to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired 
and accounts for any identified impairment loss in accordance 
with note 1(l).

Lease liabilities

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of 
the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease 
or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its 
incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. Interest on 
lease liabilities is recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss. Lease payments included in the measurement of 
the lease liability comprise: 

•  Fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed 
payments), less any lease incentives receivable; 

•  Variable lease payments that depend on an index or 
rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the 
commencement date.

The lease liability is subsequently increased by the interest 
cost on the lease liability and decreased by lease payment 
made. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease 
payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change 
in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under 
a residual value guarantee, or as appropriate, changes in the 
assessment of whether a purchase or extension option is 
reasonably certain to be exercised or a termination option is 
reasonably certain not to be exercised. 

Lease payments are recognised as amortisation expense 
of the right-of-use asset over the term of the lease unless 
another systematic basis is more representative of the time 
pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset  
are consumed.

79

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

i 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Leases (continued)

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a 
corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) 
whenever: 

•  The lease term has changed or there is a significant event 
or change in circumstances resulting in a change in the 
assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which 
case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the 
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

•  The lease payments change due to changes in an 

index or rate or a change in expected payment under a 
guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability 
is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments 
using an unchanged discount rate (unless the lease 
payments change is due to a change in a floating interest 
rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used). 

•  A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is 
not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the 
lease liability is remeasured based on the lease term of the 
modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments 
using a revised discount rate at the effective date of the 
modification.

The Group has applied judgement to determine the lease term 
for some lease contracts in which it is a lessee that include 
renewal options. The assessment of whether the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise such options impacts the lease 
term, which significantly affects the amount of lease liabilities 
and right-of-use assets recognised.

j 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant 
influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in 
the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but 
is not control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties 
that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to 
the net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the 
contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement 
which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities 
require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The results and assets and liabilities of associates or joint 
ventures are incorporated in these consolidated financial 
statements using the equity method of accounting.

Under the equity method, an investment in an associate 
or a joint venture is initially recognised in the consolidated 
statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter 
to recognise the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income of the associate or joint venture. 
When the Group’s share of losses of an associate or a joint 
venture exceeds the Group’s interest in that associate or 
joint venture, the Group discontinues recognising its share 

of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to 
the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or 
joint venture. On acquisition of the investment in an associate 
or a joint venture, any excess of the cost of the investment 
over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of the investee is recognised as 
goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the 
investment. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair 
value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of 
the investment, after reassessment, is recognised immediately 
in profit or loss in the period in which the investment is 
acquired. 

When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the 
investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in 
accordance with AASB 136 as a single asset by comparing 
its recoverable amount (higher of value-in-use and fair 
value less costs of disposal) with its carrying amount. Any 
impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount 
of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is 
recognised in accordance with AASB 136 to the extent that 
the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently 
increases. 

k 

Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and 
recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised 
at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as 
their cost). 

Subsequent to their initial recognition, intangible assets 
acquired in a business combination are reported at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses. Amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life 
and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each 
reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate 
being accounted for on a prospective basis.

For intangible assets that have a finite useful life, an 
assessment is made at each reporting date for indications of 
impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount 
by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s 
fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use. For the purposes 
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other 
assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Intangible 
assets (other than goodwill) that suffered impairment are 
reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each 
reporting date.

80

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

k 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Intangible assets (continued)

Costs incurred in acquiring and developing software, that is 
not cloud based (SaaS), that will contribute to the Group’s 
future financial benefits are capitalised as software and are 
amortised over the estimated useful life on a straight-line 
basis. Costs capitalised include external direct costs of 
materials, service, consultants spent on the projects and 
internal costs of employees directly engaged in delivering 
the projects. For software in the course of development, 
amortisation commences once development is complete and 
the software is in use. Costs incurred on the maintenance of 
software is expensed as incurred and recognised in profit 
or loss. Subsequent expenditure is recognised only when 
it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the 
specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, 
including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and 
brands is recognised in profit or loss.

Costs incurred on the maintenance of software is expensed 
as incurred and recognised in profit or loss.

Derecognition of intangible assets

An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or when 
no future economic benefits are expected from use or 
disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an 
intangible asset, measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, are 
recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

l 

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets 
other than goodwill

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the 
carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to 
determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If 
any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the 
impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate 
the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and 
consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate 
assets are allocated to individual cash-generating units, 
or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of 
cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent 
allocation basis can be identified.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs 
of disposal and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, the 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks 
specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash 
flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating 
unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the 
carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is 
reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant 
asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the 
impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying 
amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to 
the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that 
the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined had no impairment 
loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) 
in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is 
carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the 
impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

m 

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on acquisition of a business is carried at cost 
as established at the date of acquisition of the business less 
accumulated impairment losses, if any.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated 
to each of the Company’s cash-generating units (or groups 
of cash-generating units) that is expected to benefit from the 
synergies of the combination.

A cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated 
is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently where 
there is indication that the unit may be impaired. If the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than 
its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to 
reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the 
unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata based on 
the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment 
loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent 
periods.

On disposal of the relevant cash-generating unit, 
the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the 
determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

n 

Business combinations

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in a 
business combination is measured at fair value, which is 
calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of 
the assets transferred by the Group, liabilities incurred by the 
Group to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity 
interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the 
acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are generally recognised 
in profit or loss as incurred.

81

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

n 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Business combinations (continued)

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets acquired and 
the liabilities assumed are recognised at their fair value at the 
date of acquisition.

comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where 
such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were 
disposed of.

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the 
consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling 
interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s 
previously held equity interests in the acquiree (if any) over 
the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable 
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after 
reassessment, the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds 
the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any 
non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value of 
the acquirer’s previously held interest in the acquiree (if any), 
the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a 
bargain purchase gain.

Non-controlling interests that are present ownership interests 
and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the 
entity’s net assets in the event of liquidation may be initially 
measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests’ 
proportionate share of the recognised amounts of the 
acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement 
basis is made on a transaction-by-transaction basis.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a 
business combination includes assets or liabilities resulting 
from a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent 
consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value 
and included as part of the consideration transferred 
in a business combination. Changes in fair value of the 
contingent consideration that qualify as measurement 
period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with 
corresponding adjustments against goodwill. Measurement 
period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional 
information obtained during the ‘measurement period’ (which 
cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts 
and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the 
contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement 
period adjustments depends on how the contingent 
consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is 
classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting 
dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within 
equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset 
or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in 
accordance with AASB 9 Financial Instruments (AASB 9), or 
AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent 
Assets, as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss 
being recognised in profit or loss.

When a business combination is achieved in stages, the 
Group’s previously held equity interests in the acquiree 
is remeasured to its acquisition-date fair value and the 
resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit or loss. 
Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the 
acquisition date that have previously been recognised in other 

82

If the initial accounting for a business combination is 
incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the 
combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for 
the items which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional 
amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see 
above), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to 
reflect new information obtained about facts or circumstances 
that existed at the acquisition date that, if known, would have 
affected the amounts recognised at that date.

o 

Financial instruments

Recognition and initial measurement

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured 
at fair value. Transactions costs that are directly attributable 
to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial 
liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities 
at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted 
from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, 
as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs 
directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets 
or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are 
recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is 
measured at fair value, the fair value is based on the price that 
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the 
measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take 
place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a 
principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Where one is available, the Group measures the fair value of 
an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for 
that instrument. A market is regarded as active if transactions 
for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency 
and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

If there is no quoted price in an active market, then the Group 
uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant 
observant inputs and minimise the use of unobservable inputs. 
The chosen valuation technique incorporates all of the factors 
that market participants would take into account in pricing a 
transaction.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified, 
into three levels, using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the 
significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

o 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Classifications are reviewed at each reporting date and 
transfers between levels are determined based on a 
reassessment of the lowest level input that is significant to the 
fair value measurement.

Financial assets carried at amortised cost
The amortised cost of a financial asset is:

• 

the amount at which the financial asset is measured at 
initial recognition;

Financial assets

•  minus the principal repayments;

Financial assets are classified into the following categories:

•  plus the cumulative amortisation using the effective 

•  amortised cost;

•  equity instruments ‘at fair value through other 

comprehensive income’ (FVTOCI); and

•  financial assets ‘at fair value through profit or loss’ (FVTPL).

The classification depends on the nature and purpose of 
the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial 
recognition. All regular purchases or sales of financial assets 
are recognised and derecognised on a trade date basis. 
Regular way purchases or sales are purchases or sales of 
financial assets that require delivery of assets within the 
time frame established by regulation or convention in the 
marketplace.

Classification of financial assets
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both 
of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

•  The financial asset is held within a business model whose 
objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect 
contractual cash flows; and

•  The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on 

specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on principal amount outstanding.

A debt instrument is measured at FVTOCI if it meets both of 
the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

•  The financial asset is held within a business model whose 
objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash 
flows and selling the financial assets; and

•  The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on 

specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

The Group holds no debt instruments measured at FVTOCI.

All other financial assets are measured at FVTPL.

However, the Group may make the following irrevocable 
election/designation at initial recognition of a financial asset:

•  The Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent 
changes in fair value of an equity investment in other 
comprehensive income if certain criteria are met such as, if 
the equity instrument is not held for trading; and

•  The Group may irrevocably designate a debt investment 
that meets the amortised cost or FVTOCI criteria as 
measured at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly 
reduces an accounting mismatch.

interest method of any difference between that initial 
amount and the maturity amount; and 

•  adjusted for any loss allowance.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the 
amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest 
income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is 
the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts 
(including all fees and points paid or received that form an 
integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs 
and other premiums or discounts) excluding expected credit 
losses, through the expected life of the debt instrument to 
the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument on initial 
recognition.

Interest income is recognised using the effective interest 
method for debt instruments measured subsequently at 
amortised cost. Interest income is calculated by applying 
the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a 
financial asset. For financial assets that have subsequently 
become credit-impaired, interest income is recognised by 
applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the 
financial asset. If, in subsequent reporting periods, the credit 
risk on the credit-impaired financial instrument improves so 
that the financial asset is no longer credit impaired, interest 
income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate 
to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset. Interest 
income is recognised in profit or loss and is included in the 
investment income line item.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is 
measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, 
the fair value is based on the price that would be received 
to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants at the measurement 
date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: 
in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, 
in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market 
participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, 
assuming they act in their economic best interest. For 
non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based 
on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are 
appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data 
are available to measure fair value, are used, maximising the 
use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of 
unobservable inputs. 

83

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

o 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified, 
into three levels, using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the 
significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. 
Classifications are reviewed at each reporting date and 
transfers between levels are determined based on a 
reassessment of the lowest level input that is significant to the 
fair value measurement. 

•  Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value at the 
end of each reporting period, with any fair value gains or 
losses recognised in profit or loss. Net gains and losses, 
including any interest or dividend income earned on the 
financial asset, are recognised in profit or loss in the ‘other 
gains and losses’ line item. Fair value is determined in the 
manner described in note 29.

Financial assets carried at FVTOCI
On initial recognition, the Group may make an irrevocable 
election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate 
investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI on the basis that 
they are held for strategic purposes. Designation at FVTOCI is 
not permitted if the equity investment is held for trading.

A financial asset is held for trading if:

• 

It has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it 
in the near term; or

•  On initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified 
financial instruments that the Group manages together 
and has evidence of a recent actual pattern of short term 
profit-taking; or 

• 

It is a derivative.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are initially 
measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Gains and 
losses relating to these financial assets will be recognised 
in other comprehensive income. Dividends from such 
investments are recognised as income in profit or loss when 
the Group has the right to receive payments, unless the 
dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of 
the investment. The accumulated fair value reserve related to 
these investments will never be reclassified to profit or loss.

Financial assets carried at FVTPL
Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for being 
measured at amortised cost or FVTOCI are measured at 
FVTPL. Specifically:

• 

Investments in equity instruments are classified as FVTPL, 
unless the Group designates an equity investment that 
is neither held for trading nor a contingent consideration 
arising from a business combination as at FVTOCI on 
initial recognition.

•  Debt instruments that do not meet the amortised cost 

criteria or the FVTOCI criteria are classified as at FVTPL. 
In addition, debt instruments that meet either the amortised 
cost criteria or the FVTOCI criteria may be designated 
as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if such designation 
eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or 
recognition inconsistency that would arise from measuring 
assets and liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on 
them on different bases. The Group has not designated any 
debt instruments as at FVTPL.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected 
credit losses (ECL) on investments in debt instruments 
that are measured at amortised cost or at FVTOCI and 
loan commitments. No impairment loss is recognised for 
investments in equity instruments. The amount of ECL is 
updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk 
since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument.

For trade receivables, the Group has elected to use the 
simplified approach and has determined the loss allowance 
based off the lifetime ECL. The expected credit losses on 
these financial assets are estimated based on the Group’s 
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that 
are specific to debtors, general economic conditions and 
an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast 
direction of conditions at the reporting date, including the time 
value of money where appropriate.

For all other financial instruments, the Group recognises 
lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in 
credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the 
credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased 
significantly since initial recognition, the Group measures the 
loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal 
to 12 months ECL. The assessment whether lifetime ECL 
should be recognised is based on significant increases in the 
likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition 
instead of on evidence of a financial asset being credit 
impaired at the reporting date or an actual default occurring.

Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will 
result from all possible default events over the expected life of 
a financial instrument. In contrast, 12 month ECL represents 
the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from 
default events on a financial instrument that are possible 
within 12 months after the reporting date.

Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for 
indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. 
Financial assets are considered to be impaired where there  
is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events 
that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial  
asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment  
have been affected.

The Group has provided for commitments that are both drawn 
and undrawn. The undrawn commitment is contingent on the 
counterparty achieving contractual milestones. Once they 

84

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

o 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Impairment of financial assets (continued)

are achieved, the amount can be drawn upon and expected 
to be met within 12 months. The Group has included a loss 
allowance on the entire commitments based on the 12 month 
ECL for these commitments.

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the 
impairment loss directly for all financial assets.

Significant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial 
asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and 
when estimating ECL, the Group considers reasonable and 
supportable information that is relevant and available without 
undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and 
qualitative information and analysis, based on the Group’s 
historical experience and informed credit assessment 
including forward-looking information. As part of the forward 
looking assessment, the Group has considered economic 
indicators such as economic forecast and outlook, GDP 
growth, inflation, unemployment rates and interest rates.

The Group determines a significant increase in credit risk 
based on the number of days past due. A non-trade receivable 
loan is assessed to have increased in credit risk when the 
number of days past due is over 90 days. This is based on 
historical data.

In particular, the following information is taken in account 
when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly 
since initial recognition:

•  existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial 

or economic conditions that are expected to cause a 
significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt 
obligations;

•  an actual or expected significant deterioration in the 

operating results of the debtor; and

•  an actual or expected significant adverse change in 

regulatory, economic, or technological environment of the 
debtor that results in a significant decrease in the debtor’s 
ability to meet its debt obligations.

The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial 
instrument has not increased significantly since initial 
recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have 
low credit risk at the reporting date. A financial instrument is 
determined to have low credit risk if:

(i) 

the financial instrument has a low risk of default;

(ii)  the borrower has a strong capacity to meeting its 

contractual cash flow obligations in the near term; and

(iii)  adverse changes in economic and business conditions in 

the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the 
ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow 
obligations.

For loan commitments, the date that the Group has become 
a party to the irrevocable commitment is considered to be 
the date of initial recognition for the purposes of assessing 
the financial instrument for impairment. In assessing whether 
there has been a significant increase in the credit risk since 
initial recognition of a loan commitment, the Group considers 
changes in the risk of a default occurring on the loan to which 
a loan commitment relates; for financial guarantee contracts, 
the Group considers the changes in the risk that the specified 
debtor will default on the contract.

The Group regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria 
used to identify whether there has been a significant increase 
in credit risk and revises them as appropriate to ensure that 
the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in 
credit risk before the amount becomes past due.

Definition of default 

The Group considers the following as constituting an event 
of default for internal credit risk management purposes as 
historical experience indicates that receivables that meet 
either of the following criteria are generally not recoverable.

•  When repayments are at least 90 days past due; or

•  When there is a breach of financial covenants by the 

counterparty; or 

• 

Information developed internally or obtained from external 
sources indicates that the debtor is unlikely to pay its 
creditors, including the Group, in full (without taking into 
account any collaterals held by the Group).

Write-off policy

The Group writes-off a financial asset when there is 
information indicating that the counterparty is in severe 
financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of 
recovery. Any recoveries made are recognised in profit or loss. 
Trade receivables are written-off when there is no reasonable 
expectation of recovery. Indicators that there is no reasonable 
expectation of recovery include, amongst others, the failure of 
a debtor to engage in a repayment plan with the Group.

Measurement and recognition of credit losses

ECL is a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. 
Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash 
shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to 
the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows 
that the Group expects to receive). The components used in 
measuring the ECL include:

(i)  probability of default (PD): represents the possibility of a 

default over the next 12 months; 

85

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

o 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

(ii) 

loss given default (LGD): expected loss if a default occurs, 
taking into consideration the mitigating effect of collateral 
assets and time value of money;

(iii)  exposure at default (EAD): the total exposure at time  

of default.

For financial assets, the expected credit loss is estimated as 
the difference between all contractual cash flows that are 
due to the Group if the holder of the loan commitment draws 
down the loan, and the cash flows that the Group expects to 
receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

For undrawn loan commitments, the expected credit loss is 
the present value of the difference between the contractual 
cash flows that are due to the Group if the holder of the loan 
commitment draws down the loan, and the cash flows that the 
Group expects to receive if the loan is drawn down.

For contract assets, the trail commission receivable is mainly 
from financial institutions with high credit ratings. Even when 
forward looking assumptions are considered the ECL would 
not be material.

The Group has applied the three stage model based on the 
change in credit risk since initial recognition to determine the 
loss allowance of its financial assets.

Stage 1: 12 month ECL
At initial recognition, ECL is collectively assessed and 
measured by classes of financial assets with the same level 
of credit risk as a product of the PD within the next 12 months 
and LGDs with consideration to forward looking economic 
indicators. Loss allowances for financial assets measured at 
amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount 
of the assets.

Stage 2: Lifetime ECL
When the Group determines that there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk since initial recognition but not 
considered to be credit impaired, the Group recognises 
a lifetime ECL calculated as a product of the PD for the 
remaining lifetime of the financial asset and LGD, with 
consideration to forward looking economic indicators. Similar 
to Stage 1, loss allowances for financial assets measured at 
amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount 
of the assets.

Stage 3: Lifetime ECL – credit impaired
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial 
assets carried at amortised cost and debt securities at 
FVTOCI are credit-impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit 
impaired’ when one or more events have a detrimental impact 
on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have 

occurred. For financial assets that have been assessed as 
credit impaired, a lifetime ECL is recognised as a collective or 
individually assessed (specific) provision, and interest revenue 
is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the 
amortised cost instead of the carrying amount.

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected 
credit losses on investments in debt instruments that are 
measured at amortised cost or at FVTOCI, as well as on 
loan commitments. No impairment loss is recognised for 
investments in equity interests. The amount of expected credit 
losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in 
credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial 
instrument.

The Group applies the AASB 9 simplified approach to 
measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime 
expected loss allowance for all trade receivables. To measure 
the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been 
grouped based on the shared credit risk characteristics and 
the days past due. The ECL is calculated based on actual credit 
loss relating to revenue from experience over the past 3 years 
adjusted for the Group’s forward looking expectations based 
off economic indicators. The Group performed the calculations 
of ECL rates separately for receivables arising from the 
advisory business and other asset management fees as asset 
management fees have historically been received in full.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Classification as debt or equity
Debt or equity instruments issued by a Group entity 
are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity 
in accordance with the substance of the contractual 
arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an 
equity instrument.

Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual 
interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by a Group entity is 
measured as proceeds received less direct issue costs.

Repurchase of the Company’s own equity instruments is 
recognised and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss 
is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or 
cancellation of the Company’s own equity instruments.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities that are not designated as at FVTPL, are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. The effective interest method is a method 
of calculating the amortised cost of a financial liability and 

86

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

o 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

r 

Taxation

The Company, together with eligible Australian resident wholly 
owned subsidiaries, comprise a tax consolidated group (Tax 
Group) with the Company as the head entity. As a result, 
the Company is subject to income tax as the head entity of 
the Tax Group. The consolidated current and deferred tax 
amounts for the Tax Group are allocated to the members 
of the Tax Group using the ‘separate taxpayer within group’ 
approach, with deferred taxes being allocated by reference to 
the carrying amounts in financial statements of each member 
entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation. 
Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets 
arising from unused tax losses and relevant tax credits 
arising from this allocation process are then accounted for as 
immediately assumed by the head entity, as under Australian 
taxation law the head entity has the legal obligation (or right) 
to those amounts.

Entities within the Tax Group have entered into a tax funding 
agreement and a tax sharing agreement with the head entity. 
Under the terms of the tax funding agreement, the Company 
and its subsidiaries have agreed to pay a tax equivalent 
payment to or from the head entity equal to the tax liability 
or asset assumed by the head entity for the period as noted 
above. The amount arising under the tax funding arrangement 
for each period is equal to the tax liability or asset assumed 
by the head entity for that period and no contribution (or 
distribution to) equity participants arises in relation to  
income taxes.

The tax sharing agreement entered into between members of 
the Tax Group provides for the determination of the allocation 
of income tax liabilities between the entities should the head 
entity default on its tax payment obligations.

Current tax

The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as reported in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss because of items of 
income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other 
years and items that are never taxable or deductible. The 
Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of 
the reporting period.

of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. 
The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash payments (including all fees and points 
paid or received that form an integral part of the effective 
interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or 
discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability, or 
(where appropriate) a shorter period, to the amortised cost of 
a financial liability.

Other financial liabilities

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value of the 
consideration received less directly attributable transaction 
costs, and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method. Trade and other payables are 
carried at amortised cost and represent liabilities for goods 
and services provided to the Group that are unpaid.

p 

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when: 

• 

• 

the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) 
as a result of a past event;

it is probable that the Company will be required to settle 
the obligation; and

•  a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the 

obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of 
the consideration required to settle the present obligation at 
the end of the reporting date, taking into account the risks and 
uncertainties surrounding the obligation. When a provision is 
measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present 
obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those 
cash flows.

q 

Employee benefits

Employee benefit liabilities represents accrued wages, 
salaries, bonus, annual and long-service leave entitlements 
recognised in respect of employee services up to the end of 
the reporting date.

Liabilities recognised in respect of short term employee 
benefits are measured at the amounts expected to be paid 
when the liabilities are settled by the Group in respect of 
services provided by employees up to the reporting date.

Liabilities recognised in respect of long term employee 
benefits are measured as the present value of the estimated 
future cash outflows to be made by the Group in respect of 
services provided by employees up to the reporting date.

87

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

r 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Taxation (continued)

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax 
bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax 
liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences.

Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all 
deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which 
those deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial 
recognition (other than in a business combination) of other 
assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the 
taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and 
associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where 
the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets 
arising from deductible temporary differences associated 
with such investments and interests are only recognised 
to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient 
taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the 
temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the 
end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that 
it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be 
available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax 
rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the 
liability is settled or the asset realised, based on tax rates (and 
tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred 
tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that 
would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, 
at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the 
carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a 
legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to 
settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Current and deferred tax for the year

Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or 
income in the profit or loss, except when they relate to items 
that are recognised in other comprehensive income or directly 

in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity, respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises 
from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax 
effect is included in the accounting for business combination.

Tax governance

The Board approved Tax Governance Policy for the Group 
outlines a tax control framework to provide guidance on how 
all tax risks are identified, managed and reported. The Tax 
Governance Policy is supported by tax related procedures 
and processes, which ensure the Group effectively manages 
its tax risk.

s 

Goods and services tax

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of goods and services tax (GST), except:

(i)  where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable 

from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the 
cost of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of 
expense; or

(ii)  for receivables and payables which are recognised 

inclusive of GST.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the 
taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables.

Cash flows are included in the cash flow statement on a 
gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities which is recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authority is classified within operating 
cash flows.

t 

Share-based payment transactions

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and 
others providing similar services are measured at the fair 
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. Details 
regarding the determination of fair value of equity-settled 
share-based transactions are set out in note 34.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity 
settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a 
corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each reporting 
period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity 
instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of  
the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss 
such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised 
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the share-based 
payment reserve.

88

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

1 

t 

Significant accounting policies (continued)

Share-based payment transactions (continued)

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions with parties 
other than employees are measured at the fair value of goods 
or services received, except where that fair value cannot be 
estimated reliably, in which case they are measured at the fair 
value of the equity instruments granted at the date the entity 
obtains the goods or the counterparty renders the service.

u 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the Group’s 
profit after income tax by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year. 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the 
Group’s profit after income tax adjusted by profit attributable 
to all the dilutive potential ordinary shares by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary 
shares that would be issued on the exchange of all the dilutive 
potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

v 

Contributed equity

Foreign operations

The results and financial position of subsidiaries that have a 
functional currency different from the presentation currency 
are translated into Australian dollars as follows:

•  Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial 

position item presented are translated at the closing rate 
at the date of that statement of financial position.

• 

Income and expenses for each statement of 
comprehensive income item are translated at average 
exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable 
approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates 
prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case 
income and expenses are translated at the dates of the 
transactions). 

•  Foreign currency differences are recognised in other 

comprehensive income. When an international operation 
is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the 
foreign currency translation reserve is transferred to profit 
or loss or to non-controlling interest as part of the profit or 
loss on disposal.

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs 
directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in 
equity as a deduction from the proceeds.

x 

Comparatives

w 

Foreign currency

Both the presentation currency and the functional currency 
of the Company and its controlled Australian entities are 
Australian dollars. A number of foreign controlled entities have 
a functional currency other than Australian dollars.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the 
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
date of the transactions.

Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are 
recognised in profit or loss. At the end of each reporting 
period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies 
are re-translated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-
monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in 
foreign currencies are re-translated at the rates prevailing at 
the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary 
items that are measured in terms of historical costs in a 
foreign currency are not re-translated.

Comparatives in the Financial Report have been realigned 
to the current year presentation. For clearer presentation, 
the Group has realigned/reclassified the revenue and 
expense categories disclosed in the condensed consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 
and reclassified cashflow movements in distributions from 
investments and amounts advanced to third parties from 
investing activities to operating activities in the condensed 
consolidated statement of cash flows. There has been no 
effect on the comparative year results, net assets or equity 
due to the reclassification.

y 

Rounding off

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 
and in accordance with that Instrument, amounts in the 
Directors’ Report and the Financial Report have been rounded 
off to the nearest thousand dollars, unless otherwise stated.

89

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

2 

Application of new and revised Australian Accounting Standards

New accounting standards, amendments and interpretations that are effective in the current financial year

The Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board (the AASB) that are relevant to the Group’s operations and mandatorily effective on or after 1 January 2022, including:

•  AASB 2020-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Tier 2 Disclosures: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform  

(Phase 2)

The new and revised Standards and Interpretations adopted during the year do not materially affect the Group’s accounting 
policies or any of the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

Accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective

Effective for annual reporting 
periods beginning on or after

Expected to be initially applied 
in the financial year ending

1 January 2023

31 December 2023

1 January 2023

31 December 2023

1 January 2023

31 December 2023

1 January 2023

31 December 2023

1 January 2025

31 December 2025

Standard/interpretation

AASB 2020–1 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-
Current 

AASB 2021–2 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition 
of Accounting Estimates 

AASB 2021–5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities 
arising from a Single Transaction 

AASB 2022–1 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Initial Application of AASB 17 and AASB 9 – 
Comparative Information

AASB 2014–10 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an 
Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture,

AASB 2015–10 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Effective Date of Amendments to AASB 10 and 
AASB 128 and AASB 2017–5 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards – Effective Date of Amendments to 
AASB 10 and AASB 128 and Editorial Corrections, AASB 
2021–7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – 
Effective Date of Amendments to AASB 10 and AASB 128 and 
Editorial Corrections

90

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

3 

Segment information

AASB 8 Operating Segments requires the ‘management 
approach’ to disclose information about the Group’s 
reportable segments. The financial information is reported on 
the same basis as used by senior management and the Board 
of Directors for evaluating operating segment performance 
and for deciding how to allocate resources to operating 
segments. The segment note is prepared on the same basis 
as the Group’s non-IFRS (Underlying) financial measures. 
Please refer to the Directors’ Report for an explanation of why 
the Directors believe the Underlying measures are useful.

The Board of Directors is considered to be the Chief 
Operating Decision Maker (CODM).

The Group is organised into the following business segments:

•  Asset Management 

•  Lending & Technology 

•  Corporate Advisory and Equities (CA&E) 

The Corporate Services segment represents the unallocated 
costs associated with the central executives and corporate 
support functions. Items of income and expenses within the 
Corporate Services segment also include the net result of 
managing the Group’s liquidity and funding requirements.

3.1 

Services from which reportable segments 
derive their revenues

The Asset Management segment incorporates the provision 
of asset management services, principal co-investment and 
strategic investments. 

The Lending & Technology segment includes the provision 
of Lending Platforms for loan funding, residential mortgages 
and Financial Technology being mortgage aggregation 
services. During the year, the Group expanded its Lending 
& Technology segment by acquiring Finsure Holding Pty Ltd 
and its subsidiaries (Finsure), a leading Australian mortgage 
aggregator, and MA Money Financial Services Pty Ltd and its 
subsidiaries (MA Money), a residential mortgage lender. MA 
Money was formerly known as MKM NewCo Pty Ltd.

The Corporate Advisory and Equities segment provides 
corporate advice, underwriting and institutional stockbroking 
services.

The main items of profit or loss and other comprehensive 
income used by management to assess each business are 
Underlying revenue, Underlying earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) and Underlying net 
profit after tax.

Information regarding these segments is presented in section 
3.2. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are 
the same as the Group’s reporting policies, with the exception 
of adjustments made to the Underlying results.

As announced on 9 June 2022, the Group amended the 
Underlying treatment of mark to market movements of 
investments by removing any unrealised gains or losses 
from Underlying revenue. The Underlying results for the year 
ended 31 December 2022 reflect this revised approach with 
comparatives restated accordingly.

EBITDA from Priority Income Fund (PIF) strategies have been 
reclassified from Lending & Technology to Asset Management 
given they are third-party managed funds. The Underlying 
results for the year ended 31 December 2022 reflect this 
revised approach with comparatives restated accordingly. 

91

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

3 

Segment information (continued)

3.2 

Segment results

Depreciation, amortisation and net interest expense are not disclosed by segment as they are not provided to the CODM and are 
only reported on a Group basis. Assets and liabilities are not disclosed as they are not provided to the CODM. The following is an 
analysis of segment performance:

Asset 
Management
$’000

Lending & 
Technology
$’000

CA&E
$’000

Corporate 
Services
$’000

Total 
Underlying 
segment
$’000

Adjustments4
$’000

Statement of 
comprehensive 
income
$’000

31 December 2022

Revenue1

Staff costs

Non-staff costs

EBITDA2

Depreciation and amortisation

Interest expense3

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Net profit after income tax

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

31 December 2021

Revenue1

Staff costs

Non-staff costs

EBITDA2

Depreciation and amortisation

Interest expense3

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Net profit after income tax

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

 197,790 

 41,096 

 61,550 

 1,363 

 301,799 

 31,143 

 332,942 

 (74,299)

 (19,428)

 (39,987)

 (22,323)

 (156,037)

 (20,014)

 (6,057)

 (7,581)

 (5,390)

 (39,042)

 (11,010)

 (7,949)

 103,477 

 15,611 

 13,982 

 (26,350)

 106,720 

 12,184 

 (167,047)

 (46,991)

 118,904 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (11,121)

 (6,120)

 (17,241)

 (7,834)

 (32,860)

 (40,694)

 87,765 

 (26,796)

 (26,329)

 10,215 

 61,436 

 (16,581)

 - 

 899 

 60,969 

 (16,114)

 44,855 

 899 

 61,436 

 (15,682)

 45,754 

 132,261 

 13,515 

 68,637 

 375 

 214,788 

 13,947 

 228,735 

 (60,065)

 (4,008)

 (40,650)

 (15,292)

 (120,015)

 (14,068)

 (1,690)

 (6,038)

 (2,073)

 (23,869)

 (9,570)

 (3,099)

 (129,585)

 (26,968)

 58,128 

 7,817 

 21,949 

 (16,990)

 70,904 

 1,278 

 72,182 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (4,710)

 (5,297)

60,897

(18,269)

 (4,242)

 (9,223)

(12,187)

 (8,952)

 (14,520)

48,710

1,600

 (16,669)

42,628

(10,587)

 - 

 16,024 

42,628

5,437

32,041

 16,024 

48,065

1  Revenue refers to total income on the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

2  Statutory EBITDA is not an IFRS measure but has been presented to provide a comparable measure to the Underlying result.

3 

Interest expense is referred to as finance costs in the statement of profit or loss.

4  Refer to the reconciliation of the Underlying segment to statutory measures.

92

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

3 

Segment information (continued)

3.2 

Segment results (continued)

A reconciliation of the Underlying segment measures to the statutory measures is as follows:

Statutory result for the year ended 31 December 2022

 332,942 

 118,904 

 44,855 

 45,754 

Note

Revenue1
$’000

EBITDA
$’000

NPAT
$’000

Comprehensive  
income
$’000

Differences in measurement

Business acquisition adjustments

Net gains/(losses) on investments

Adjustments relating to associates

Credit investments

Software development adjustments

Differences in classification

Adjustments relating to Lending Trusts1 

Interest income

Expense allocations

Tax on adjustments

Total adjustments

(a)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

(i)

 - 

 (149)

 3,716 

 (149)

 9,836 

 (149)

 14,773 

 14,773 

 14,773 

 (2,255)

 - 

 (353)

 3,162 

 (353)

 3,162 

 (33,494)

 (32,183)

 (1,150)

 (8,868)

 - 

 (1,150)

 - 

 - 

 (10,688)

 (12,155)

 (31,143)

 (12,184)

 16,581 

Underlying results for the year ended 31 December 2022

 301,799 

 106,720 

 61,436 

Statutory result for the year ended 31 December 2021

 228,735 

 72,182 

 32,041 

 48,065 

Differences in measurement

Business acquisition adjustments

Equity issued to staff 

Net gains/(losses) on investments

Adjustments relating to associates

Credit investments

Differences in classification

Adjustments relating to Lending Trusts2 

Interest income

Expense allocations

Tax on adjustments

Total adjustments

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(g)

(h)

(i)

 7,943 

 12,109 

 12,109 

 - 

 - 

 2,831 

 622 

 (1,946)

 (1,946)

 2,831 

 622 

 2,831 

 622 

 (2,651)

 (1,429)

 (1,429)

 (9,346)

 (9,213)

 (86)

 (5,317)

 - 

 (86)

 - 

 - 

 (1,600)

 7,849 

 (13,947)

 (1,278)

 10,587 

Underlying results for the year ended 31 December 2021

 214,788 

 70,904 

 42,628 

 9,836 

 2,623 

 12,569 

 (353)

 3,162 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 15,682 

 61,436 

 (1,946)

 (10,411)

 (11,609)

 (1,429)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (5,437)

 42,628 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

1  Revenue refers to total income on the condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.
2  Lending Trusts refers to three residential mortgage-backed securitisation trusts, two specialty lending trusts and two credit funds in the Priority 

Income Fund strategies that the Group manages and consolidates.

93

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

3 

Segment information (continued) 

3.2 

Segment results (continued)

Differences in measurement

Differences in classification

(a)  The acquisition of Armada Funds Management in 2017, 

(g)  The Underlying treatment records the net distributions 

received from the Lending Trusts in Underlying revenue. 
As such interest and other expenses are reclassified to 
interest income to reflect this net position.

(h)  Interest income on cash and bank balances of $1.2 

million (31 December 2021: $0.1 million) is reclassified to 
Underlying net interest expense.

(i)  The Underlying adjustment reclassifies expenses that 

are fully recoverable against revenue to reflect the net nil 
impact to the Group. These costs include RetPro direct 
site management expenses and Finsure sponsorship 
expenses.

RetPro in 2021 and Finsure on 7 February 2022 for cash 
and shares gives rise to noncash IFRS expenditure 
relating to the amortisation of intangible assets of $6.1 
million (31 December 2021: $4.2 million) and share-based 
payment expenses to vendors, who are now employees 
of the Group, of $2.3 million (31 December 2021: $6.2 
million). Furthermore, one-off costs of $1.4 million (31 
December 2021: $1.8 million) associated with the Group’s 
acquisition of Finsure have been excluded from the 
Underlying result.

(b)  Since IPO in 2017 the Underlying measure included the 
expensing of the full value of the share-based payment 
equity awards issued to staff as part of the annual 
bonus awards in the year of grant as opposed to over 
the vesting period (up to 5 years) per IFRS. Following 
the completion of a full vesting cycle, in 2022 this 
adjustment was removed in order to align to the Statutory 
treatment. 

(c)  Following a change in approach announced on 9 June 
2022, the Underlying treatment no longer includes 
unrealised gains and losses on financial investments. 
Instead, only realised gains or losses on disposal of 
financial investments are recognised in Underlying 
revenue. During the year, unrealised losses on financial 
investments of $2.6 million have been excluded for 
the Underlying result (31 December 2021: $10.4 million 
gain). The adjustment also removes the foreign currency 
translation gain for the Group’s offshore entities of $0.2 
million (31 December 2021: nil). 

(d)  The Underlying treatment records dividends and 

distributions receivable from associates in Underlying 
Revenue as opposed to the IFRS treatment of recording 
the Group’s share of accounting profit or loss of an 
associate. Underlying Revenue also recognises the 
realised gains/ losses on any disposal of an investment in 
associate.

(e)  The Underlying approach only recognises the ECL 

provision for all Lending & Technology division and PIF 
strategy receivables and specific provisions individually 
assessed against non-Lending & Technology division 
receivables. 

(f)  Following a change in IFRS accounting standards, the 

Underlying treatment capitalises and amortises certain 
software development costs that would previously have 
been capitalised prior to the accounting standard change.

94

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

3 

Segment information (continued)

3.3 

Revenue for major products and services

The table below represents a disaggregation of fee and commission income by operating segment:

Revenue type

Operating Segment

31 Dec 2022  
Consolidated  
$'000

31 Dec 2021  
Consolidated  
$'000

Fee and commission income

Management fees

Distribution fees

Transaction fees

Performance fees

Upfront commission income

Trail commission income

Service fees

Corporate advisory services

Equity services

Asset Management

Asset Management

Asset Management

Asset Management

Lending & Technology

Lending & Technology

Lending & Technology

CA&E

CA&E

Total fee and commission income

3.4 

Geographical information

The Group primarily operates in Australia.

3.5 

Information about major customers

 85,155 

 5,988 

 34,466 

 56,132 

 198,072 

 236,028 

 14,970 

 64,232 

 5,709 

 700,752 

 73,570 

 5,693 

 28,807 

 24,951 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 60,717 

 8,231 

 201,969 

No single customer contributed 10% or more to Group revenue in 2022. In 2021, two funds managed by the Group contributed 
more than 10% to Group revenue with fees of $27.3 million and $25.7 million respectively.

95

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

4 

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission income is accounted for in accordance with AASB 15

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

Timing of revenue recognition

At a point in time

Advisory success fees

Lending upfront commission income

Lending trail commission income

Lending other commission income

Equities commission and brokerage income

Facilitation and transaction fees 

Total revenue earned at a point in time

Over time

Advisory retainer fees

Service fees

Performance fees

Distribution fees

Management fees

Total revenue earned over time

Total fee and commission income

Fee and commission income by segment

At a point in time

Asset Management

Lending & Technology

Corporate Advisory and Equities

Total revenue earned at a point in time

Over time

Asset Management

Lending & Technology

Corporate Advisory and Equities

Total revenue earned over time

Total fee and commission income

5 

Fee and commission expense

Lending fee and commission expense

Other fee and commission expense

Total fee and commission expense

6 

Interest income

Interest income on cash and bank balances

Interest income on loans receivable – effective interest rate method

Interest income on loans receivable held at FVTPL

Interest income on leases

Total interest income

96

 58,480 

 198,072 

 234,145 

 1,883 

 5,709 

 34,466 

 532,755 

 5,752 

 14,970 

 56,132 

 5,988 

 85,155 

 167,997 

 700,752 

 34,466 

 434,100 

 64,189 

 532,755 

 147,275 

 14,970 

 5,752 

 167,997 

 700,752 

 (417,305)

 (26,204)

 (443,509)

 1,808 

 56,508 

 270 

 47 

 58,633 

 57,891 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 8,231 

 28,807 

 94,929 

 2,826 

 - 

 24,951 

 5,693 

 73,570 

 107,040 

 201,969 

 28,807 

 - 

 66,122 

 94,929 

 104,214 

 - 

 2,826 

 107,040 

 201,969 

 - 

 (20,502)

 (20,502)

 86 

 30,488 

 47 

 - 

 30,621 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

Investment income

7 
Dividends and distributions from investments

Realised gains from disposal of investments

Net (loss)/gain from financial instruments held at fair value

Total investment income

Other income

8 
Other income

Outgoings recovery

Net foreign exchange gains

Total other income

Employee expenses

9 
Salary, superannuation and bonuses

Termination benefits

Amortisation of share-based payments (refer to note 34)

Other employment expenses¹

Total employee expenses

 1,155 

 6,748 

 (1,030)

 6,873 

 489 

 6,919 

 1,396 

 8,804 

 132,913 

 1,506 

 15,722 

 16,906 

 167,047 

1  

Includes recruitment fees, payroll tax, life insurance, workers compensation, fringe benefits tax and leave entitlements.

Finance costs

10 
Interest on unsecured notes¹

Interest on mortgage trust warehouse notes¹

Fund preferred unit distribution¹

Interest on lease liabilities

Other finance costs

Total finance costs

 7,766 

 6,456 

 22,803 

 3,513 

 156 

 40,694 

1  Refer to note 26 for more detail on the unsecured note program, fund preferred units and mortgage trust notes. 

Other expenses

11 
Professional services

Insurance

Fund administration and operational costs

Charitable donations

Occupancy and office expenses

Other expenses

Total other expenses

 9,252 

 2,704 

 2,912 

 453 

 1,925 

 6,464 

 23,710 

 1,009 

 2,500 

 4,070 

 7,579 

 32 

 5,317 

 532 

 5,881 

 99,193 

 716 

 14,937 

 14,739 

 129,585 

 5,205 

 - 

 8,946 

 250 

 119 

 14,520 

 5,892 

 2,487 

 1,023 

 787 

 1,821 

 2,163 

 14,173 

The charitable donations paid by the Group in 2022 and 2021 were principally made to the MA Foundation, a registered charity, 
and were made in response to staff elections.

97

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

12 

Income tax expense

12.1 

Income tax expense

Current tax expense

Deferred tax benefit

Total income tax expense

12.2  Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

Profit before tax from continuing operations

Prima facie income tax expense at the Australian corporate tax rate of 30%

Effect of income that is subject to/(exempt from) tax

Non-deductible expenses

Prior year over adjustment

Foreign tax – controlled entities

Foreign Income Tax Offset

Total income tax expense

12.3 

Income tax benefit/(expense) recognised in other comprehensive income

Deferred Tax

Fair value remeasurement of investments

Share of revaluations in associates

Income tax benefit/(expense) in other comprehensive income

12.4  Current tax assets and liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Income tax payable

12.5  Deferred tax balances

Net deferred tax liability

 (17,575)

 1,461 

 (16,114)

 60,969 

 (18,291)

 1,127 

 (670)

 2,211 

 (493)

 2 

 (22,380)

 5,711 

 (16,669)

 48,710 

 (14,613)

 (2,459)

 (719)

 1,116 

 - 

 6 

 (16,114)

 (16,669)

 1,583 

 (1,532)

 51 

 3,849 

 3,849 

 15,539 

 15,539 

 (5,842)

 (3,669)

 (9,511)

 7,047 

 7,047 

 1,280 

 1,280 

98

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

12 

Income tax expense (continued) 

Opening 
balance 
$’000

Opening 
balance 
adjustments 
$’000

Recognised 
in profit or 
loss 
$’000

Recognised 
in other 
comprehensive 
income 
$’000

Recognised
in equity 
$’000

Acquisitions/ 
disposals 
$’000

Closing 
balance 
$’000

Share-based payments

 2,883 

 - 

 2,650 

 (3,485)

 1,285 

 1,716 

31 December 2022

Temporary differences

Property, plant and equipment

Financial assets

Investments in associates and 
joint ventures

Deferred revenue

Provisions

Loss allowance

Expense accruals

Intangible assets

Other

Total

31 December 2021

Temporary differences

Property, plant and equipment

Financial assets

Investments in associates and 
joint ventures

Deferred revenue

Provisions

Loss allowance

Expense accruals

Intangible assets

Share-based payments

Other

Total

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (556)

 (183)

 (2,673)

 (3,252)

 2,420 

 712 

 1,987 

 286 

 (945)

 - 

 1,202 

 4 

 1,583 

 (948)

 3,437 

 (1,532)

 37 

 413 

 (29)

 207 

 (7,559)

 547 

 305 

 828 

 867 

 (359)

 151 

 (1,280)

 2,094 

 1,134 

 51 

 (352)

 5,561 

 (149)

(4,548)

 1,682 

 579 

 1,409 

 (2,756)

 1,673 

 806 

 3,905 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

-

-

 (204)

 - 

 98 

 (5,842)

 1,145 

 1,296 

 738 

 133 

 578 

 1,273 

 1,210 

 (556)

 5,711 

 (3,669)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (9,511)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 617 

 617 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (1,215)

 2,606 

 (1,716)

 (7,655)

 (18,429)

 464 

 300 

 3,844 

 1,288 

 2,587 

 5,609 

 (13,307)

 (13,791)

 - 

 73 

 5,533 

 732 

 (17,538)

 (15,539)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (556)

 (183)

 (2,673)

 (3,252)

 2,420 

 712 

 1,987 

 (2,002)

(3,485)

 - 

 - 

 2,883 

 867 

 (2,002)

 (1,280)

99

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

Cash and cash equivalents

13 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year are reflected in the related items in the statement of financial 
position as follows:

Cash and bank balances

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

 144,589 

 144,589 

 242,861 

 242,861 

13.1 

Reconciliation of profit for the year to net cash flows from operating activities

Profit after income tax

 44,855 

 32,041 

Adjustments to profit after income tax:

Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss

Share-based payments

Non-cash interest and investment income

Share of profit of associates

Net foreign exchange gains

Net losses/(gains) from financial instruments held at fair value

Realised gains from disposal of investments

Loss allowance expense

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Interest expense on leases

Intangible amortisation

Amortisation of right-of-use assets

Depreciation of non-current assets

Total adjustments to profit after income tax

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Change in trade and other receivables

Change in loans receivable

Change in other assets

Change in contract assets and contract liabilities

Change in trade and other payables

Change in provisions

Total changes in assets and liabilities

Cash generated from operations

Income taxes paid

Net cash used in operating activities

 16,114 

 15,721 

 - 

 (1,389)

 (1,396)

 1,030 

 (6,748)

 1,887 

 38 

 3,513 

 7,353 

 8,073 

 1,815 

 46,011 

 (28,826)

 (334,310)

 6,890 

 (11,456)

 14,612 

 (325)

 16,669 

 14,865 

 (52)

 (3,187)

 (532)

 (4,070)

 (2,500)

 1,222 

 70 

 250 

 5,170 

 2,805 

 975 

 31,685 

 12,624 

(119,017)

 (7,686)

 - 

 11,730 

 14,079 

 (353,415)

 (88,270) 

 (262,549)

 (21,249)

 (283,798)

(24,544)

 (20,231)

(44,775)

100

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

14 

Receivables

Accounts receivable

Performance fees receivable

Management fees receivable

Commissions receivable

Interest receivable

Receivables from associates

Other receivables

Loss allowance on receivables (note 16)

Total receivables

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 11,461 

 28,048 

 7,089 

 31,950 

 2,176 

 5,468 

 3,436 

 (1,145)

 88,483 

 9,106 

 10,716 

 7,535 

 - 

 780 

 5,590 

 3,732 

 (954)

 36,505 

Fees receivable disclosed above include amounts that are past due at the end of the reporting period for which the Group has 
not recognised a loss allowance because the amounts are still considered recoverable. See below table for an aged analysis of 
receivables.

14.1 

Ageing of receivables

$’000

31 December 2021

Accounts receivable

Performance fees receivable

Management fees receivable

Interest receivable

Receivables from associates

Other receivables

Total receivables

31 December 2022

 Past due

Not past 
due

60 – 90 
days

90+  
days

Total past 
due

Total 
Receivables

Loss 
allowance on 
receivables

Total 
receivables 
net of loss 
allowance

 8,920 

 10,716 

 7,370 

 780 

 2,925 

 3,396 

 40 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 146 

 - 

 165 

 - 

 186 

 - 

 165 

 - 

 2,665 

 2,665 

 336 

 336 

 9,106 

 10,716 

 7,535 

 780 

 5,590 

 3,732 

 34,107 

 40 

 3,312 

 3,352 

 37,459 

 (11)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (775)

 (168)

 (954)

Accounts receivable

 10,167 

 96 

 1,198 

 1,294 

 11,461 

 (138)

Performance fees receivable

 25,749 

Management fees receivable

 7,030 

Commission receivable

Interest receivable

Receivables from associates

Other receivables 

Total receivables

 31,950 

 2,176 

 3,103 

 3,059 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 2,299 

 2,299 

 28,048 

 59 

 - 

 - 

 59 

 7,089 

 - 

 - 

 31,950 

 2,176 

 5,468 

 3,436 

 2,365 

 2,365 

 377 

 377 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (710)

 (297)

 83,234 

 96 

 6,298 

 6,394 

 89,628 

 (1,145)

 88,483 

Accounts receivable, performance and management fees receivable and receivables from associates aged 90+ days primarily 
relate to fees receivable from funds managed by the Group.

101

 9,095 

 10,716 

 7,535 

 780 

 4,815 

 3,564 

 36,505 

 11,323 

 28,048 

 7,089 

 31,950 

 2,176 

 4,758 

 3,139 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

15 

Loans receivable

Current

Commercial loans1

Loans to associates

Loss allowance (note 16)

Total loans receivable – current

Non-current

Commercial loans1

Residential mortgages2

Loans to associates

Loans to employees

Loss allowance (note 16)

Total loans receivable – non-current

Total loans receivable

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 320,486 

 - 

 (684)

 319,802 

 296,451 

 241,046 

 - 

 2,211 

 (4,028)

 535,680 

 855,482 

 157,277 

 12,393 

 (514)

 169,156 

 170,070 

 - 

 4,318 

 823 

 (1,918)

 173,293 

 342,449 

1   Commercial loans are provided to Australian corporates. The loans have terms of between three months and ten years and are either fully or 

partially secured against the assets of the borrowers.

2   Residential mortgages were acquired as part of the Group’s acquisition of MA Money.

15.1 

Loans receivable by industry

Consolidated

31 December 2022

Financial services

Professional services

Residential mortgages

Other

31 December 2021

Financial services

Professional services

Other

Loans receivable
$’000

Loss allowance
$’000

 454,652 

 149,275 

 241,046 

 15,221 

 860,194 

 218,559 

 107,764 

 18,558 

 344,881 

 (2,379)

 (1,162)

 (1,134)

 (37)

 (4,712)

 (939)

 (747)

 (746)

 (2,432)

Total
$’000

 452,273 

 148,113 

 239,912 

 15,184 

 855,482 

 217,620 

 107,017 

 17,812 

 342,449 

16 

Loss allowance

For receivables and loans receivable, the Group bears the risk 
that the future circumstances of customers might change, 
including their ability to repay their loans in part or in full. The 
Group periodically assesses exposures to determine whether 
the credit risk of a receivable or loan receivable has increased 
significantly since initial recognition. The assessment, which 
requires judgement, considers both quantitative and qualitative 
information that is based on the Group’s historical experience 
and informed credit assessment including forward-looking 
information, such as economic forecast and outlook, GDP 
growth, unemployment rates and interest rates. 

102

At the reporting date the Group undertook a review of its 
receivables, loans receivable and expected credit losses. The 
review considered the macroeconomic outlook, counterparty 
credit quality, the type of collateral held and exposure at 
default as at the reporting date as well as considering the 
ongoing impacts of COVID-19. No significant changes were 
made to the model inputs and forward-looking information 
from the previous reporting period and the accounting 
policies of the Group remained consistent with prior periods. 
The Group’s loss allowance provisions are a determination of 
probabilities of default and a determination of losses that may 
be incurred should a default occur.

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

16 

Loss allowance (continued) 

The table below presents the gross exposure and related ECL allowance for assets subject to impairment requirements of AASB 9.

Consolidated

31 December 2022

Receivables

Loans receivable

31 December 2021

Receivables

Loans to associates

Loans receivable

Gross exposure  
for asset  
$’000

Loss  
allowance
$’000

 89,628 

 860,194 

 949,822 

 37,459 

 16,711 

 328,170 

 382,340 

 (1,145)

 (4,712)

 (5,857)

 (954)

 (458)

 (1,974)

 (3,386)

Total
$’000

 88,483 

 855,482 

 943,965 

 36,505 

 16,253 

 326,196 

 378,954 

16. 1  Movement in credit loss allowance by asset category

Balance as at 1 January 2021

 (963)

 (275)

 (1,029)

 (2,267)

Receivables 
$’000

Loans to 
associates 
$’000

Loans  
receivable
$’000

Total
$’000

Credit loss allowance recognised in the statement of 
profit or loss

Amounts recovered

Balance as at 31 December 2021

Credit loss allowance recognised in the statement of 
profit or loss

Additions through business combinations

Reclassifications and other movements

Balance as at 31 December 2022

16.2  Movement in credit loss allowance by ECL stage

Balance as at 1 January 2021

Net credit impairment charges

Amounts recovered

Balance as at 31 December 2021

Net credit impairment charges

Additions through business combinations

Balance as at 31 December 2022

 (94)

 103 

 (954)

 (133)

 - 

 (58)

 (1,145)

Stage I
$’000

 (2,267)

 (1,222)

103

 (3,386)

 (1,160)

 (700)

 (5,246)

 (183)

 - 

 (458)

 91 

 - 

 367 

 - 

 (945)

 - 

 (1,222)

 103 

 (1,974)

 (3,386)

 (1,845)

 (1,000)

 107 

 (1,887)

 (1,000)

 416 

 (4,712)

 (5,857)

Lifetime ECL

Stage II 
$’000

Stage III 
$’000

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (30)

(300) 

 (330)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (281)

-

 (281)

Total ECL 
$’000

 (2,267)

 (1,222)

 103 

 (3,386)

 (1,471)

 (1,000)

 (5,857)

103

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

17 

Other assets

Prepayments

Deposits

Leasehold improvements in progress

Other

Total other assets

18 

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets

Trail commission receivable – current

Trail commission receivable – non-current

Total contract assets

Contract liabilities

Trail commission payable – current

Trail commission payable – non-current

Total contract liabilities

Net contract assets

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 3,442 

 5,027 

 521 

 96 

 9,086 

139,280

 467,952 

607,232

 131,061 

 440,304 

 571,365 

35,867

 1,510 

 3,537 

 7,245 

 2,029 

 14,321 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Through its mortgage aggregation platform, Finsure, the Group receives trail commissions from lenders on loans that 
have settled and were originated by the Group. The Group also makes trail commission payments to authorised brokers. 
The carrying amount of the trail commission receivable (contract asset) and trail commission payable (contract liability) 
are reassessed at each reporting period, to reflect actual and revised estimated cash flows, by recalculating the carrying 
amount with reference to the present value of estimated future cash flows at the original effective interest rate. Any resulting 
adjustment is recognised as income or expense in the profit or loss.

The key assumptions underlying the fair value calculations of trail commission receivable and the corresponding payable to 
authorised brokers at the reporting date are summarised in the following table:

Discount rate

Run-off rates¹

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

4.75%

Between 12.0% and 33.0%

1  The run-off rates refer to the expected loan book attrition rates. Run-off rates are then stratified into time-bands, by managed loan portfolio, 
and applied to each loan according to the age of that particular loan. Comparatives have not been presented as Finsure was acquired during 
the financial year.

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 700 

 - 

 - 

 700 

 700 

 5,380 

 620 

 6,700 

19 

Restricted cash

Equities clearing collateral

Rental bank guarantees

Other collateral

Total restricted cash

104

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

20  Other financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets – current

Financial assets held at FVTPL (equity securities)

Financial assets held at FVTOCI (equity securities)

Consolidated managed fund investments1

Total financial assets – current

Financial assets – non-current

Financial assets held at FVTPL (non-equity securities)

Financial assets held at FVTOCI (equity securities)

Total financial assets – non-current

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities – current

Consolidated managed fund investments1

Total financial liabilities – current

Total financial liabilities

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 640 

 11,600 

 154,860 

 167,100 

 15,479 

 13,733 

 29,212 

 196,312 

 116,419 

 116,419 

 116,419 

 605 

 3,200 

 - 

 3,805 

 23,992 

 42,042 

 66,034 

 69,839 

 - 

 - 

 - 

1  Net consolidated managed fund investments of $38.4 million at 31 December 2022 represents financial assets and liabilities of funds managed 
by the Group, that are deemed to be controlled by the Group at the reporting date as a result of a strategic co-investment held by the Group in 
the fund. Refer to further information in note 37.2.

Refer to note 29.6 for further details regarding the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities.

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

21 

Property, plant and equipment

The below table sets out the carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment:

Office equipment – at cost

Less accumulated depreciation

Total office equipment

Furniture and fixtures – at cost

Less accumulated depreciation

Total furniture and fixtures

Lease improvements – at cost

Less accumulated depreciation

Total leasehold improvements

Total property, plant and equipment

 5,269 

 (2,419)

 2,850 

 1,840 

 (468)

 1,372 

 3,673 

 (1,922)

 1,751 

 5,973 

 3,605 

 (2,520)

 1,085 

 1,114 

 (306)

 808 

 1,695 

 (1,553)

 142 

 2,035 

105

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

21 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

21.1  Movement in carrying value of property, plant and equipment

The below table sets out the movement in carrying value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment:

Consolidated

Assets for own use

Balance as at 1 January 2021

Additions

Depreciation expense

Balance as at 31 December 2021

Additions

Additions through business 
combinations (note 37)

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Balance as at 31 December 2022

22 

Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets – at cost

Less accumulated amortisation

Total right-of-use assets

Balance at the beginning of the year

Additions

Additions through business combinations (note 37) 

Lease modification

Amortisation expense

Balance at the end of the year

Office 
equipment 
$’000

Furniture  
and fixtures 
$’000

Leasehold 
improvements 
$’000

 540 

 1,052 

 (507)

 1,085 

 3,117 

 2 

 (5)

 (1,349)

 2,850 

 529 

 349 

 (70)

 808 

 575 

 124 

 (33)

 (102)

 1,372 

 381 

 159 

 (398)

 142 

 1,973 

 - 

 - 

 (364)

 1,751 

Total 
$’000

 1,450 

 1,560 

 (975)

 2,035 

 5,665 

 126 

 (38)

 (1,815)

 5,973 

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 71,038 

 (9,265)

 61,773 

 9,874 

 60,263 

 990 

 (1,281)

 (8,073)

 61,773 

 17,287 

 (7,413)

 9,874 

 5,338 

 7,341 

 - 

 - 

 (2,805)

 9,874 

A commercial lease commenced during the year for the rental of office premises in Sydney. The lease term is 7 years with 
renewal terms included in the contract. Renewal is at the specific option of the Group.

23 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

BE ES I LLC

BE OLD I LLC

MA Kincare Fund1 

Redcape Hotel Group

Other associates2 

 22,415 

 8,274 

 - 

 57,086 

 3,811 

 91,586 

 19,401 

 2,068 

 7,594 

 84,339 

 6,991 

 120,393 

1  During the year, the Group obtained control of the MA Kincare Fund resulting in the derecognition of the investment as an associate.
2  Other associates represents the aggregate of the Group’s remaining associates, that are not considered individually material to the Group, and 

therefore have not been separately disclosed. As at 31 December 2021 other associates included the Group’s investment in MA Money. During the 
year, the Group acquired 100% of MA Money resulting in the derecognition of the investment as an associate.

106

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

23 

Investments in associates and joint ventures (continued)

Impairment of investments in associates

In line with the Group’s accounting policies, after application 
of the equity method of accounting, the Group’s investments 
in associates were assessed for impairment at the reporting 
date. The Group performs an assessment to determine 
whether there is any objective evidence that its investments 
in associates is impaired. The main indicators of impairment 

23.1  Details of ownership interest

are significant financial difficulty of the investee, significant 
changes in the technological, market, economic or legal 
environment and a significant or prolonged decline in fair 
value below cost.

Further information on the Group’s material investments in 
associates is provided below.

Material associates

Place of incorporation

Principal activity

BE ES I LLC

United States of America

Specialty finance

BE OLD I LLC

United States of America

Specialty finance

MA Kincare Fund

Australia

Credit funds management

Redcape Hotel Group

Australia

Owner and operator of hotels

Proportion of ownership interest 
and voting power held by the Group

2022

49.6%

49.9%

-

10.8%

2021

49.7%

50.0%

25.5%

14.9%

23.2  Reconciliation of movements in carrying values of investments in associates

$’000

BE ES I  
LLC

BE OLD I 
LLC

MA Kincare 
Fund

Redcape 
Hotel Group

Other 
associates 

 Total 

Opening balance as at 1 January 2021

 - 

 - 

 9,037 

 58,232 

 8,020 

 75,289 

Acquisition

Disposal and capital returns

Share of profit/(loss)

Share of other comprehensive income

Less dividends/distributions received

 19,142 

 2,068 

 - 

 22,568 

 - 

 43,778 

 - 

 388 

 - 

 (130)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (1,434)

 (6,500)

 1,275 

 1,841 

 (377)

 (317)

 (8,311)

 3,187 

 - 

 12,232 

 - 

 12,232 

 (1,283)

 (4,034)

 (335)

 (5,782)

Closing balance as at 31 December 2021

 19,400 

 2,068 

 7,595 

 84,339 

 6,991 

 120,393 

 1,609 

 5,659 

 620 

 - 

 2,859 

 10,747 

 - 

 (8,827)

 (23,313)

 (4,680)

 (36,820)

Acquisition

Disposal and capital returns

Share of profit/(loss)

Share of other comprehensive income

Less dividends/distributions received

Foreign currency translation reserve

 - 

 2,422 

 - 

 (2,205)

 1,189 

 310 

 - 

 (103)

 340 

Closing balance as at 31 December 2022

 22,415 

 8,274 

 747 

 - 

 (731)

 (1,359)

 1,389 

 2,204 

 - 

 2,204 

 (135)

 (5,413)

 (127)

 (7,983)

 - 

 - 

 - 

 127 

 1,656 

 57,086 

 3,811 

 91,586 

The Group also has interests in a number of individually immaterial associates. The unrecognised share of losses for investments 
in associates that have a nil carrying value for the year ended 31 December 2022 is $2.2 million (2021: $1.8 million).

107

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

23 

Investments in associates and joint ventures (continued)

23.3  Summarised financial information for the Group’s material associates

BE ES I  
LLC

BE OLD I  
LLC

MA Kincare 
Fund

 Redcape 
Hotel Group 

 Other 
associates 

$’000

31 December 2022

Assets and liabilities

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

 3,511 

 4,986 

 39,392 

 38,809 

 (2,487)

 (670)

 (420)

 (26,978)

 39,996 

 16,147 

The above net assets include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

 2,678 

 1,534 

Revenue, expenses and results

Revenue

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

31 December 2021

Assets and liabilities

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

The above net assets include the following:

Cash and cash equivalents

Revenue, expenses and results

Revenue

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

 5,302 

 5,030 

 - 

 5,030 

 3,329 

 32,404 

 (3,213)

 - 

 32,520 

 2,630 

 1,389 

 1,315 

 - 

 1,315 

 4,094 

 700 

 - 

 700 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 33,354 

 174,341 

 1,276,318 

 841,126 

 (96,199)

 (1,081,426)

 (685,383)

 (97)

 528,090 

 (66,056)

 19,246 

 176,482 

 210,219 

 (4,748)

 31,509 

 26,761 

 5,122 

 (3,181)

 - 

 (3,181)

 130 

 31,172 

 90,387 

 31,380 

 1,276,554 

 677,227 

 (1,702)

 (80,343)

 (830,647)

 - 

 (668,624)

 (9,099)

 29,808 

 558,759 

 (72,132)

 19 

 18,802 

 69,988 

 3,949 

 3,909 

 145,068 

 109,984 

 1,332 

 (25,662)

 - 

 82,074 

 - 

 3,909 

 83,406 

 (25,662)

The following information outlines the level of control the 
Group has over its material associates and the resultant 
accounting treatment.

Details of investment in BE ES I LLC and BE OLD I LLC

At 31 December 2022, the Group owns 49.6% of BE ES I LLC 
and 49.9% of BE OLD I LLC. Both entities are special purpose 
vehicles established for the purposes of facilitating credit 
investments in North America. The Group is considered to 
have significant influence over these investments as a result of 
its participation in the financial and operating policy decisions.

108

Details of investment in Redcape Hotel Group

At 31 December 2022, the Group has a 10.8% direct equity 
investment in Redcape Hotel Group (Redcape) and funds 
managed by the Group own a further 28.2% of Redcape. 
During the year, the Group sold 19.5 million of units in Redcape 
for $30.1 million. The Group earns trustee, asset manager, 
performance and hotel operator fees from Redcape, as well 
as investment returns on its direct investment. The Group 
is considered to have significant influence over Redcape as 
a result of participating in the financial and operating policy 
decisions of Redcape through its roles as responsible entity, 
asset manager and hotel operator.

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

23 

Investments in associates and joint ventures (continued)

23.3  Summarised financial information for the Group’s material associates (continued)

Details of investment in Redcape Hotel Group (continued)

Redcape owns or operates 35 hotels in New South Wales and 
Queensland. Redcape assessed their assets for impairment 
at 31 December 2022, including considering the impact of 
COVID-19 on their operations. The Directors are satisfied that 
the impairment testing performed by Redcape is reasonable, 
and that no additional impairment is required for the Group’s 
investment in Redcape. 

24 

Intangible assets

Redcape has recognised a decrease in its net assets at 31 
December 2022, of which the Group’s share of the decrease 
has been equity accounted. 

Intangible assets

Customer 
relationships, 
brand names 
and trademarks
$’000

Management 
rights and 
agreements
$’000

Goodwill
$’000

Software
$’000

Total
$’000

31 December 2022

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2022

Additions through business combinations (note 37)

Additions

 14,010 

 114,159 

 - 

 - 

 22,939 

 4,182 

 41,131 

 44,000 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 2,300 

 160,459 

 4,017 

 4,017 

Balance at 31 December 2022

 128,169 

 44,000 

 22,939 

 10,499 

 205,607 

Amortisation and impairment losses

Balance at 1 January 2022

Amortisation expense for the year

Balance at 31 December 2022

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (3,405)

 (11,318)

 (2,716)

 (1,918)

 (1,232)

 (13,236)

 (7,353)

 (3,405)

 (14,034)

 (3,150)

 (20,589)

Carrying amount at 31 December 2022

 128,169 

 40,595 

 8,905 

 7,349 

 185,018 

31 December 2021

Cost

Balance at 1 January 2021

Additions

Additions through business combinations

Balance at 31 December 2021

Amortisation and impairment losses

Balance at 1 January 2021

Amortisation expense for year

Balance at 31 December 2021

 9,827 

 - 

 4,183 

 14,010 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Carrying amount at 31 December 2021

 14,010 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 16,263 

 3,595 

 29,685 

 - 

 6,676 

 587 

 - 

 22,939 

 4,182 

 587 

 10,859 

 41,131 

 (7,077)

 (4,241)

 (989)

 (929)

 (8,066)

 (5,170)

 (11,318)

 (1,918)

 (13,236)

 11,621 

 2,264 

 27,895 

109

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

24 

Intangible assets (continued)

During the year, as a result of the acquisitions of Finsure and 
MA Money, goodwill of $114.2 million, customer relationships 
of $27.0 million, brand names of $17.0 million and software 
of $2.3 million was recognised. Refer to note 37 for further 
details of the acquisitions.

Included in the deferred tax liability of the Group as at 31 
December 2022 is an amount of $13.9 million (31 Dec 2021: 
$1.8 million) relating to the intangible assets recognised from 
the acquisition of subsidiaries.

Impairment assessment of intangible assets

The Group assesses whether goodwill is impaired at least 
annually. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is 
allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs). The 
CGUs align with the Group’s operating segments as disclosed 
in note 3 and are consistent with the comparative period. The 
recoverable amount of each CGU is determined based on 
the value in use calculations that utilise five-year cash flow 
projections plus a terminal value based on the financial  

The following CGUs represent the carrying amounts of goodwill:

forecasts approved by management. In determining these 
cash flow projections, management considers:

•  current and expected performance of each CGU;

•  Board and management-approved budgets and strategic 

plans; and

•  changes in Australian and international economic and 

market environments.

The relevant assumptions in deriving the value in use of the 
CGUs are as follows: 

• 

the budgeted net profit before tax for each CGU for each 
year within the cash flow projection period;

• 

the pre-tax discount rate; and

•  growth rates, which are consistent with long term trends in 

the industry segments in which the CGUs operate. 

No impairment charge was recognised during the year as the 
recoverable amount of each CGU was determined to be in 
excess of the carrying amount.

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Terminal growth rates

Pre-tax discount rates

$’000

$’000

Asset management

Lending & Technology

CA&E

Total

 11.5% 

 12.0% 

 10.0% 

 11.5% 

 - 

 10.0% 

 12.5% 

 13.0% 

 11.0% 

 12.5% 

 - 

 11.0% 

 12,684 

 114,159 

 1,326 

 128,169 

 12,684 

 - 

 1,326 

 14,010 

Sensitivity analysis

Amortisation of intangible assets

Management considered, for all CGUs, that reasonable 
changes in key assumptions, such as an increase in the 
discount rate by 2.5% and a decrease in the growth rate by 
1%, leaving all other assumptions constant, would not result in 
the carrying amount exceeding the value in use for any of the 
CGUs. The sensitivity analysis was done on the basis that a 
reasonably possible change in each key assumption would not 
have a consequential impact on other assumptions.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) and is 
not amortised. For intangible assets which are amortised, the 
useful lives for the current and comparative periods are as 
follows:

•  Management rights: the forecast profile of the profit 

generated

•  Customer relationships and property management 
agreements: the expected life of the contracts

•  Software and trademarks: 3 to 10 years

•  Brand names: indefinite useful life

Useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial 
year end and adjusted if appropriate. 

110

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Trade and other payables

25 
Current

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Accrued commissions

Other liabilities

GST payable

Total trade and other payables – current

Non-current 

Other liabilities

Total trade and other payables – non-current

Total trade and other payables

Borrowings

26 
Current

Unsecured notes

Unsecured notes – limited recourse

Mortgage trust notes

Total borrowings – current

Non-current 

Unsecured notes

Unsecured notes – limited recourse

Fund preferred units

Total borrowings – non-current

Total borrowings

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 26,187 

 37,541 

 11,674 

 2,163 

 77,565 

 240 

 240 

 77,805 

 - 

 30,030 

 216,475 

 246,505 

 65,000 

 60,000 

 568,584 

 693,584 

 940,089 

 21,053 

 2,824 

 8,723 

 1,378 

 33,978 

 229 

 229 

 34,207 

 25,000 

 30,030 

 - 

 55,030 

 40,000 

 25,000 

 286,290 

 351,290 

 406,320 

During the year, the Group entered into a $40.0 million working capital facility with a major domestic bank. At 31 December 2022, 
the undrawn facility amount was $40.0 million.

Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk is included in notes 29.3.2 and 29.5.

(a) 

Unsecured notes programme

Except for the obligation to pay periodic interest and repay the principal, the terms of the unsecured notes, including the 
limited recourse notes, do not include any material undertakings or obligations which, if not complied with, would result in an 
acceleration of the amount owing.

(i) 

Unsecured notes

Classification

Issue

Maturity date

Amount ($m)

Interest rate per annum

Issue costs ($'000)

MA Bond IV

Non-current

2020

Sep 2024

 40.0 

5.85%

 9.0 

MA Bond VI

Non-current

2022

Aug 2027

 25.0 

5.75%

 9.3 

During the year the Group raised $25.0 million through the issue of a new unsecured note (MA Bond VI). The proceeds were used 
to repay MA Bond II that matured in September 2022.

111

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

26 

Borrowings (continued)

(ii) 

Unsecured notes – limited recourse

Classification

Issue

Maturity date

Amount ($m)

Interest rate per annum

Issue costs ($'000)

MACI Bond

Current

2019

May 2024

 30.0 

MACPI Bond

Non-current

2021

Dec 2027

 60.0 

RBA + 4.35%

RBA + 4.00%

 10.5 

 9.4 

The limited recourse notes have been designed and issued 
principally for investors under the Significant Investor Visa (SIV) 
programme. The notes constitute unsecured, unsubordinated 
obligations of issuing special purpose Group entities (issuing 
entities). The issuing entities invest the proceeds of the note 
issuances in a diversified portfolio of financial assets. The 
notes have sole recourse to the assets of the relevant issuing 
entities and are not guaranteed by the Group. 

MACI Bond

The MACI Bond has a five-year stated maturity, however 
can be redeemed at the option of the note holders subject 
to a minimum 12 month holding period following issue. This 
redemption feature was designed to provide for the individual 
requirements of the SIV investors to align with the timing of 
when the SIV investors receive their permanent residency 
status. The interest rate is calculated at a margin of 4.35% 
over the RBA cash rate and resets in February and August of 
each year. No redemptions of the MACI Bond has occurred 
during the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: nil). 

MACPI Bond

The MACPI Bond has a six-year maturity with the interest 
rate calculated at a margin of 4.00% over the RBA cash rate 
and resets in February and August of each year. An additional 
$35.0 million was raised during the year (2021: $25.0 million). 
The MACPI Bond facilitates investments for note investors 
with assets ringfenced for the benefit of those investors. 

(b) 

Fund preferred units

MA Priority Income Fund (PIF) and MA USD Priority 
Income Fund (USD PIF)

The Group manages the PIF and USD PIF. The Funds 
provide investors with exposure to a diversified portfolio of 
credit investments via an investment in Class A Units (Fund 
Preferred Units) in MA Master Credit Trust and MA USD 
Master Credit Trust (MCTs). As a co-investment, the Group 
holds Class B Units in the respective MCTs. The MCTs are 
consolidated entities of the Group.

Fund Preferred Units receive a preferential distribution from 
the realised profits of the MCTs. The Class B Units held by the 
Group receive any excess distributable profits after paying 
the preferential distribution on the Fund Preferred Units and 
any MCT expenses. The Class B Units held by the Group 
also provides investors with a “first loss” capital buffer which 
affords the Fund Preferred Units preferential treatment on 
distribution and wind-up of the MCTs. The Group’s maximum 
economic exposure is limited to the value of the Class B Unit.

Redemptions of the Fund Preferred Units are at the discretion 
of the MCTs trustee and require the consent of the Group. 
Therefore the units are treated as non-current liabilities as 
the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at 
least 12 months after the end of the reporting period. 

Classification

Fund Preferred Units:

31 December 2022 ($m)

31 December 2021 ($m)

PIF

Non-current

544.8

279.8

USD PIF

Non-current

23.8

6.5

Fund Preferred Units preferential distribution

RBA cash rate + 4.00%

SOFR1 + 3.50%

Class B Units "first loss" co-investment:

31 December 2022 ($m)

31 December 2021 ($m)

1  Secured Overnight Financing Rate

10%

 54.5 

 28.0 

10% reducing to 5%

 2.4 

 2.0 

112

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

26 

Borrowings (continued)

(c) 

Mortgage trust notes

Mortgage trust notes were acquired as part of the Group’s 
acquisition of MA Money during the year. MA Money originates 
loans to customers across Australia which are funded via 
mortgage trust notes in warehouse trusts. The notes are 
collaterised by residential mortgages, advances and cash 
residing in the warehouse trusts. If the facilities under which 

the mortgage trust notes are issued are not renewed, or 
should there be a default under the existing terms and 
conditions, the funders of the mortgage trust notes will not 
have a right of recourse against the Group. 

As at 31 December 2022, the unutilised mortgage trust note 
facilities is $208.5 million.

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

27 

Lease liabilities

Current

Lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities – current

Non-current 

Lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities – non-current

Total lease liabilities

27.1  Movement in lease liabilities

Opening balance at the beginning of the year

Interest on lease liabilities

Payment of lease liabilities

Additions through business combinations (note 37)

Lease modification

Additions1

Closing balance at the end of the year

1  Additions in the current year is made up of the new office lease in Sydney.

27.2 

Lease liabilities maturity analysis – contractual undiscounted cashflows

Less than one year

One to five years

More than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at the end of the year

 6,219 

 6,219 

 58,733 

 58,733 

 64,952 

 10,285 

 3,513 

 (8,895)

 1,633 

 (1,578)

 59,994 

 64,952 

 10,266 

 46,563 

 27,384 

 84,213 

 6,598 

 6,598 

 3,687 

 3,687 

 10,285 

 5,874 

 250 

 (3,184)

 - 

 - 

 7,345 

 10,285 

 2,236 

 7,540 

 3,452 

 13,228 

113

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

28 

Provisions

Current

Salaries and wages

Provision for annual leave

Provision for long service leave

Total provisions – current

Non-current 

Provision for long service leave

Total provisions – non-current

Total provisions

29 

Financial instruments

29.1 

Financial risk management objectives 

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 33,817 

 7,661 

 3,527 

 45,005 

 1,624 

 1,624 

 46,629 

 34,257 

 5,790 

 2,414 

 42,461 

 1,239 

 1,239 

 43,700 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial and 
non-financial risks. Financial risks include credit risk, liquidity 
risk and market risks (the latter of which includes currency 
risk, interest rate risk and equity price risk). The Group’s 
overall risk management framework operates to identify and 
assess all the risks to which the Group is exposed, including 
financial risks, with the aim of maintaining the Group’s 
exposure within the parameters set out in its Risk Appetite 
Statement.

The Group’s overall risk management framework is 
summarised in its Corporate Governance Statement, available 
on the Group’s website, and in the Sustainability Report. 
These documents outline the role of the Board, the Audit and 
Risk Committee, the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement and the 
Risk Management Statement which describes the approach 
to risk management – including responsibilities, governance, 
methods for risk identification treatment and reporting, and 
coordination across the Group.

The practical management of financial risks typically takes 
place within the Group’s business units, led by senior 
managers, with oversight and support from the Group’s 
Finance function. This is carried out with reference to various 
operational policies and procedures.

Financial assets and liabilities are accounted for in accordance 
with AASB 9 and comprises of the following categories. 

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Receivables

Loans receivable

Listed and unlisted equity securities

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Deposits

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Other financial liabilities

Unsecured notes

Mortgage trust notes

Fund preferred units

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

114

 144,589 

 700 

 88,483 

 855,482 

 196,312 

 91,586 

 5,027 

 1,382,179 

 77,805 

 116,419 

 155,030 

 216,475 

 568,584 

 64,952 

 1,199,265 

 242,861 

 6,700 

 36,505 

 342,449 

 69,839 

 120,393 

 3,537 

 822,284 

 34,207 

 - 

 120,030 

 - 

 286,290 

 10,285 

 450,812 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.2  Capital management

The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash (cash 
and bank balances offset by the unsecured notes detailed in 
note 26) and equity (comprising contributed equity, retained 
earnings and reserves).

The Group manages its capital with the aim of ensuring that 
the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while 
maximising the return to shareholders through the optimisation 
of the debt and equity balance. The Group’s overall capital 
management strategy remains unchanged from 2021.

The Group’s subsidiaries have satisfied all externally imposed 
capital requirements throughout the financial year, as per the 
requirements set out below:

•  MA Moelis Australia Securities Pty Ltd, is an ASX market 

participant and therefore has an externally imposed capital 
requirement. 

•  Certain other subsidiaries of the Company hold an 

Australian Financial Services Licence and therefore have 
externally imposed separate capital requirements.

•  MA Money has a contractual obligation to hold a minimum 

amount of capital at all times.

During the year, the Group entered into a $40.0 million 
revolving working capital facility with a major domestic bank. 
The facility was undrawn at 31 December 2022. In accordance 
with the terms of the Group’s corporate debt facility, the 
Group is required to comply with certain covenants. During 
the year ended to 31 December 2022, the Group was 
compliant with these covenants.

The Group’s borrowings comprise unsecured notes of $155.0 
million (2021: $120.0 million), mortgage trust notes $216.5 
million (2021: nil) and fund preferred units $568.6 million 
(2021: $286.3 million).

The maturity dates of the unsecured notes are shown in the 
table below. Except for the obligation to pay periodic interest 
and repay the principal at the end of the term, the terms of 
the unsecured notes do not include any material undertakings 
or obligations which, if not complied with, would result in 
an acceleration of the amount owing. The MACI Bond note 
can be redeemed at the option of noteholders subject to a 
minimum 12 month holding period and are treated as current 
borrowings. The MACPI Bond cannot be redeemed at the 
option of the note holders and must be held to maturity.

Notes

Unsecured notes

Current

MA Bond II

Non-current

MA Bond IV

MA Bond VI

Unsecured notes – limited recourse

Current

MACI Bond

Non-current

MACPI Bond

Total unsecured notes

Maturity date

31 Dec 2022
$’000

31 Dec 2021
$’000

14 September 2022

 - 

 25,000 

30 September 2024

8 August 2027

 40,000 

 25,000 

 40,000 

 - 

16 May 2024

 30,030 

 30,030 

1 December 2027

 60,000 

 155,030 

 25,000 

 120,030 

115

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.3  Market risk

29.3.1  Currency risk

The Group’s investment of capital in foreign operations, for 
example, subsidiaries or associates with functional currencies 
other than the Australian dollar – exposes the Group to 
the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates. Variations in 
the value of these foreign operations arising as a result of 
exchange differences are reflected in the foreign currency 
translation reserve in equity.

The Group manages its exposure to income denominated in 
foreign currency when foreign currency income is recognised 
or received in cash. Foreign currency debtors and foreign 
currency bank balances are periodically reviewed relative 
to the Group’s balance sheet and liquidity requirements. 
Revenue received in foreign currency may be retained in 
those currencies, in order to meet future foreign currency 
denominated expenses, and exposes the Group to unrealised 
foreign currency gains or losses.

The net carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities at the end of the year are 
set out below:

Assets

Liabilities

31 Dec 2022
$’000

31 Dec 2021
$’000

31 Dec 2022
$’000

31 Dec 2021
$’000

 37,241 

 218 

 3,906 

 1,216 

 42,581 

 4,450 

 242 

 882 

 670 

 6,244 

 36,117 

 7,405 

 43 

 43 

 109 

 34 

 80 

 66 

 36,312 

 7,585 

Currency

United States Dollar

Chinese Yuan

Great British Pound

Hong Kong Dollar

Total

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk is measured using sensitivity analysis. The following table summarises the 
sensitivity on the Group’s profit before tax from a reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates against the Australian 
dollar at the year end. The sensitivity is assessed against the foreign currencies that have the most impact on the Group.

Sensitivity

+/-10%

+/-10%

+/-10%

+/-10%

31 Dec 2022
$’000
+/-

31 Dec 2021
$’000
+/-

 112/(112) 

 18/(18) 

 386/(386) 

 111/(111) 

 627/(627) 

 (296)/296 

 21/(21) 

 80/(80) 

 60/(60) 

 (135)/135 

Currency

United States Dollar

Chinese Yuan

Great British Pound

Hong Kong Dollar

Total

116

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.3  Market risk (continued)

29.3.2 

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk to the Group’s earnings and capital from changes in market interest rates. The financial instruments 
held that are predominately impacted by interest rate risk consists of cash, loans receivable and borrowings. The Group’s 
exposure to interest rate risk for the financial assets and liabilities is set out as follows:

Floating  
interest rate 
$’000

Fixed  
interest rate 
$’000

Non-interest  
bearing 
$’000

31 December 2022

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Receivables

Loans receivable

Listed and unlisted equity securities

Investments in associates and joint 
ventures

Deposits

 144,589 

 700 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 698,259 

 155,049 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Total financial assets

 843,548 

 155,049 

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Other financial liabilities

Unsecured notes

Mortgage trust notes

Fund preferred units

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

31 December 2021

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Receivables

Loans receivable

Listed and unlisted equity securities

Investments in associates and joint 
ventures

Deposits

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Unsecured notes

Fund preferred units

Lease liabilities

Total financial liabilities

 - 

 - 

 90,030 

 216,475 

 568,584 

 - 

 875,089 

 242,861 

 6,700 

 - 

 212,279 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 65,000 

 - 

 - 

 64,952 

 129,952 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 126,895 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 461,840 

 126,895 

 - 

 55,030 

 286,290 

 - 

 341,320 

 - 

 65,000 

 - 

 10,285 

 75,285 

Total 
$’000

 144,589 

 700 

 88,483 

 855,482 

 196,312 

 91,586 

 5,027 

 1,382,179 

 77,805 

 116,419 

 155,030 

 216,475 

 568,584 

 64,952 

 - 

 - 

 88,483 

 2,174 

 196,312 

 91,586 

 5,027 

 383,582 

 77,805 

 116,419 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 194,224 

 1,199,265 

 - 

 - 

 36,505 

 3,275 

 69,839 

 120,393 

 3,537 

 233,549 

 34,207 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 34,207 

 242,861 

 6,700 

 36,505 

 342,449 

 69,839 

 120,393 

 3,537 

 822,284 

 34,207 

 120,030 

 286,290 

 10,285 

 450,812 

117

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.3  Market risk (continued)

29.3.2 

Interest rate risk (continued)

 Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The table below demonstrates the impact of a 1% change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, on the profit for 
the year.

Impact on profit before tax for the year

+/-1%

 (315)/315 

 1,357/(1,357) 

Change in  
interest rates

31 Dec 2022
$’000
+/-

31 Dec 2021
$’000
+/-

29.3.3  Equity price risk

Equity price risk is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market prices 
(other than those arising from interest rate or currency risk). The Group is exposed to equity price risk on its holdings in equity 
investments.

The table below demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group’s profit before tax and other comprehensive income for the year to a 
reasonably possible change in market prices:

Impact on profit before tax for the year

Impact on other comprehensive income for the year

Change in  
market prices

+/-5%

+/-5%

31 Dec 2022
$’000
+/-

31 Dec 2021
$’000
+/-

 806/(806) 

1,230/(1,230)

 1,267/(1,267) 

 2,262/(2,262) 

The methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis above have not changed significantly from the prior year.

29.4  Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty to a financial 
instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations resulting 
in financial loss to the Group. The Group’s primary credit risk 
exposures relate to its lending activities. 

The Group mitigates its credit risk by ensuring cash deposits 
are held with high credit quality financial institutions. The 
Group assesses the creditworthiness of counterparties and 
obtains sufficient collateral, where appropriate, as a means 
of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. For 
all commercial loans receivable, the Group only transacts 

with counterparties that the Group considers to have an 
acceptable level of credit risk through a shadow rating 
process using publicly available financial information. The 
Group’s exposure and the shadow credit ratings of its 
counterparties are continuously monitored. 

Maximum exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets and 
contract assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The 
table below shows the Group’s maximum exposure to credit 
risk at the reporting date.

Note

 13 

19

 14 

 15 

 18 

 20 

23

17

31 Dec 2022 
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021 
Consolidated
$’000

 144,589 

 700 

 88,483 

 855,482 

 607,232 

 196,312 

 91,586 

 5,027 

 1,989,411 

 242,861 

 6,700 

 36,505 

 342,449 

 - 

 69,839 

 120,393 

 3,537 

 822,284 

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Receivables

Loans receivable

Contract assets

Listed and unlisted equity securities

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Deposits

Total

118

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.4  Credit risk management (continued)

Receivables

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the 
individual characteristics of each customer. The Group does 
not require collateral in respect of trade and other receivables. 
At each reporting period, the Group reviews the recoverable 
amount of each receivable on an individual basis to ensure that 
adequate loss allowance is made for irrecoverable amounts.

Contract assets

The Group’s contract assets relate mainly to high credit 
quality financial institutions. The Group bears the risk of non-
payment of future trail commissions by lenders should they 
not maintain solvency. However, should a lender not meet its 
obligations as a debtor then the Group is under no obligation 
to pay out any future trail commissions to brokers.

Loans receivable

The Group provides commercial loans which are secured by 
charges over the assets of the borrowers.

Credit risk analysis is focused on ensuring that risks have 
been fully identified and that the downside risk is properly 
understood and acceptable. Prior to providing lending 
facilities to counterparties, each loan is subjected to approval 
from the relevant Fund or Group, which assess the credit risks 
of the borrower and determines whether the lending is aligned 
with the Group’s lending strategy. The detailed due diligence 
performed on the counterparty includes an assessment of:

•  borrower’s experience in the industry;

•  borrower’s credit policy to ascertain their underwriting 

practices;

• 

internal shadow rating calculations using public market 
comparable transactions and financial information of  
the borrower;

•  historical loan performance, nature of risk and yield;

•  alignment to the Group’s risk appetite; and

•  securitisation of assets and undertakings. 

To mitigate the Group’s exposure to loan defaults, 
securitisation and collateral are negotiated and documented 

in executed loan agreements to protect the interests of 
the Group. Monthly monitoring of all borrowers’ financial 
performance (including arrears balances, ageing of arrears 
and losses incurred) is performed and any exceptions 
reported to senior management. Senior management use the 
information collated to review individual loan exposures, make 
decisions on reducing commitments, and where required 
refinancing options to refinance out of certain exposures no 
longer aligned to the Group’s risk appetite.  

The Group completes an assessment of whether there is a 
significant increase in credit risk when an amount becomes 
more than 90 days past due on a case by case basis due to 
the fact that:

• 

the majority of the counterparties for commercial loans 
made are through the Group’s managed funds, and 
therefore the credit risk is lower compared to external 
counterparties; and

•  historically there have been no defaults from loans 

described above despite being over 90 days with amounts 
being repaid in full within a reasonable period.

Residential mortgages

The group manages credit risk arising from residential loans by 
obtaining security over residential mortgage property for each 
loan. In monitoring the credit risk, loans are grouped according 
to their credit characteristics using credit risk classifications. 
This includes the use of the Loan to Value Ratio (LVR) and days 
in arrears to assess its exposure to credit risk. 

Under the Group’s monitoring procedures, a significant increase 
in credit risk is identified before the exposure has defaulted at 
the latest when the exposure becomes 30 days past due.

119

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.4  Credit risk management (continued)

The table below provides an analysis of the gross carrying amount of loans receivable by past due status that are over 30 days 
past due. 

Gross carrying amount  
Consolidated 
$’000

Loss allowance 
Consolidated 
$’000

Credit  
impaired

31 December 2022

Current (not past due)

1 – 30 days past due

31 – 60 days past due

61 – 90 days past due

More than 90 days past due

Total loans receivable

31 December 2021

Current (not past due)

Total loans receivable

 839,980 

 12,232 

 4,914 

 60 

 3,008 

 (4,294)

 (37)

 (330)

 - 

 (51)

 860,194 

 (4,712)

 344,881 

 344,881 

 (2,432)

 (2,432)

The table below summarises the loans receivable and the loss allowance by stage.

31 December 2022

Loans receivable

Loss allowance

Total

31 December 2021

Loans receivable

Loss allowance

Total

Stage I 
$’000

Lifetime ECL

Stage II 
$’000

Stage III 
$’000

 852,212 

 (4,331)

 847,881 

 344,881 

 (2,432)

 342,449 

 4,974 

 (330)

 4,644 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 3,008 

 (51)

 2,957 

 - 

 - 

 - 

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

Total 
$’000

 860,194 

 (4,712)

 855,482 

 344,881 

 (2,432)

 342,449 

120

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.5  Liquidity management

Liquidity risk is the risk that financial obligations of the 
Group cannot be met as and when they fall due without 
incurring significant costs. The Group manages liquidity risk 
by monitoring forecast cash requirements, both short and 
longer term, against its current liquid assets. Consideration is 
given to the cash flow requirements over the next 12 months, 
regulatory obligations such as Australian Financial Services 
Licence requirements and financial covenants attached to any 
relevant contractual obligations of the Group.

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual 
maturity for its non-derivative financial assets and financial 
liabilities. The table reflects the undiscounted cash flows of 
financial assets and financial liabilities based on the earliest 
date on which the Group can be required to pay. Mortgage 
trust notes issued by the Group’s consolidated mortgage 
warehouse trusts are excluded in the table as, under such 
arrangements, the note holder recourse is limited to the assets 
of the relevant mortgage warehouse trust to which the liability 
relates and the repayment profile of the mortgage trust notes 
is matched to the repayments collected from the loan assets.

Financial liabilities
$’000

 Less than
1 month 

 1–3
months 

 3–12
months 

 1–5
years 

 5+
years 

Total 

31 December 2022

Trade and other payables

Other financial liabilities

Unsecured notes

Fund preferred units

Lease liabilities

 73,226 

 4,339 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 116,419 

 240 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 155,030 

 568,584 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 77,805 

 116,419 

 155,030 

 568,584 

 541 

 1,256 

 4,422 

 33,556 

 25,177 

 64,952 

Total financial liabilities

 73,767 

 5,595 

 120,841 

 757,410 

 25,177 

 982,790 

31 December 2021

Trade and other payables

 31,831 

 2,147 

 - 

 229 

 - 

 34,207 

Unsecured notes

Fund preferred units

Lease liabilities

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 55,030 

 40,000 

 25,000 

 120,030 

 - 

 286,290 

 - 

 286,290 

 325 

 316 

 868 

 7,181 

 1,595 

 10,285 

Total financial liabilities

 32,156 

 2,463 

 55,898 

 333,700 

 26,595 

 450,812 

The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments for both non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are subject to 
change if changes in variable interest rates differ to those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period. 

29.6  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset 
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date, regardless of 
whether that price is directly observable or estimated using 
another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value 
of an asset or liability, the Group takes into account the 
characteristics of the asset or liability if market participants 
would take those characteristics into account when pricing 
the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for 
measurement and/or disclosure purposes is determined 
on such a basis except for measurements that have some 
similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as value in 
use in AASB 136 Impairment of Assets.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value 
measurements are categorised into level 1, 2 or 3 based on the 
degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are 
observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value 
measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

•  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active 

markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can 
access at the measurement date;

•  Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices 

included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly or indirectly; and 

•  Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or 

liability. 

121

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.6  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

Valuation processes

The Group has an established control framework with respect 
to the measurement of fair values. This includes a valuation 
function that has overall responsibility for overseeing all 
significant fair value measurements, including level 3 fair 
values, and reports directly to the Chief Financial Officer. The 
valuation function regularly reviews significant unobservable 
inputs and valuation adjustments. Significant valuation issues 
are reported to the Group’s Audit and Risk Committee.

Some of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities 
are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. 
The following table summarises the levels of the fair value 
hierarchy and provides information about how the fair values of 
these financial assets and financial liabilities are determined (in 
particular, the valuation techniques and inputs used): 

Mandatorily 
at FVTPL

 FVTOCI-equity 
instruments

Total 

 Level 1 
(a) 

Level 2 
(b) 

 Level 3 
(c) 

Total 

31 December 2022

Loans receivable

Non-equity securities

Equity securities

Consolidated managed fund 
investments

Financial assets measured 
at fair value

31 December 2021

Loans receivable

Non-equity securities

Equity securities

Financial assets measured 
at fair value

 6,223 

 15,479 

 640 

 - 

 - 

 6,223 

 15,479 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 6,223 

 6,223 

 550 

 14,929 

 15,479 

 25,333 

 25,973 

 528 

 25,445 

 - 

 - 

 25,973 

 154,860 

 - 

 154,860 

 154,860 

 - 

 154,860 

 22,342 

 180,193 

 202,535 

 528 

 180,855 

 21,152 

 202,535 

 5,482 

 23,992 

 - 

 - 

 5,482 

 23,992 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 5,482 

 5,482 

 315 

 23,677 

 23,992 

 605 

 45,242 

 45,847 

 1,004 

 44,843 

 - 

 45,847 

 30,079 

 45,242 

 75,321 

 1,004 

 45,158 

 29,159 

 75,321 

Valuation techniques and key inputs

(a)  Quoted bid prices in an active market.

(b)   Inputs other than quoted prices, that are observable, 

such as unit prices or based on recent transactions.

(c)  Short term held assets or valued using a discounted cash 
flow valuation technique with inputs that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs) but are 
based on assumptions by reference to historical company 
and industry experience. 

Level 3 assets consist of loans receivable classified as FVTPL 
and unlisted investments where a best estimate valuation 
approach is used. Loan valuations are sensitive to changes 
in credit spreads and discount rates in determining their 
fair value. Changes in either of these inputs would have an 
impact on the net profit of the Group. The valuation of unlisted 
investments is sensitive to variations in unobservable inputs 
such as cash flow projections and discount rates. An increase 
or a decrease to the inputs into the valuations would result in 
an increase or a decrease the net profit of the Group.

The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets (cash and 
cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, loans 
receivable at amortised cost, receivables and contract assets) 
and financial liabilities (unsecured notes, fund preferred 
units, trade payables and contract liabilities) is assumed to 
approximate their fair value at the current and prior reporting 
date and are not presented in the table above.

The Group reviewed its valuation techniques and key inputs 
for its level 2 and level 3 assets on the estimated fair values, 
including a consideration of the ongoing impact of COVID-19. 
The review considered the most recent independent 
valuations, quoted unit prices of recent equity transactions, 
expected duration the assets are likely to be held for and 
the macroeconomic outlook for the industries each asset 
operates in. As a result of the review, no significant change 
in the fair values of the assets was identified and the Group 
considers the fair values adopted to be appropriate at the end 
of the year.

122

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

29 

Financial instruments (continued)

29.6  Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

Reconciliation of balances in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

During the period there were no transfers between level 1, level 2 and level 3 fair value hierarchies. The following table 
summarises the movements in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the financial instruments measured at fair value by the Group.

Balance at the beginning of the year

Purchase, issuances and other additions

Sales, settlements and repayments

Fair value movements recognised in profit or loss

Closing balance at the end of the year

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 29,159 

 3,053 

 (11,057)

 (3)

 21,152 

 10,752 

 25,172 

 (6,689)

 (76)

 29,159 

Changing inputs to the level 3 valuations to reasonably possible alternative assumptions would not change significantly amounts 
recognised in profit or loss, total assets, total liabilities or total equity. There are no equity investments classified at Level 3 (2021: 
nil) and no gains and losses are reported in other comprehensive income.

30 

Contributed equity

Ordinary share capital

Treasury shares

Total contributed equity

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 354,057 

 (78,970)

 275,087 

 311,178 

 (56,188)

 254,990 

Contributed equity

31 Dec 2022
Number of shares

31 Dec 2021
Number of shares

31 Dec 2022
$’000

31 Dec 2021
$’000

Ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the year

 169,591,372 

 151,141,070 

Ordinary shares issued

 6,376,921 

 18,450,302 

Share buy-back and cancellation

 (894,360)

Equity transaction costs

Transfer from share-based payment reserve 
on vesting of awards

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 311,178 

 44,188 

 (4,104)

 (131)

 2,926 

Balance at the end of the year

 175,073,933 

 169,591,372 

 354,057 

Treasury shares

Balance at the beginning of the year

 (13,066,811)

 (8,606,109)

Ordinary shares issued for staff equity awards

 (2,668,356)

 (5,367,928)

On market purchases of shares

Off market purchases of shares

 (1,496,448)

 - 

 (577,006)

 (512,858)

Shares allocated upon exercise of options

 16,666 

 406,458 

Shares allocated under employee share plans

 1,868,944 

 1,590,632 

 (56,188)

 (19,417)

 (9,920)

 - 

 103 

 6,452 

 188,620 

 123,756 

 - 

 (1,622)

 424 

 311,178 

 (34,041)

 (25,637)

 (2,560)

 (2,355)

 1,219 

 7,186 

Balance at the end of the year

 (15,346,005)

 (13,066,811)

 (78,970)

 (56,188)

Contributed equity at the end of the year

 159,727,928 

 156,524,561 

 275,087 

 254,990 

123

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

30 

Contributed equity (continued)

The Company had authorised share capital amounting to 
175,073,933 ordinary shares at 31 December 2022 (2021: 
169,591,372). Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate 
in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the 
Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid  
on the shares held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no  
par value.

On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in 
person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll each 
share shall have one vote.

Institutional Placement and Share Purchase Plan

On 15 December 2021, the Group announced an Institutional 
Placement (Placement) to raise approximately $100.0 million 
and a Share Purchase Plan (SPP) of $20.0 million. On the 21 
December 2021, the Group issued 12,903,226 new shares 
under the Placement at a share price of $7.75 per share. 
On 28 January 2022, the Group closed its SPP and issued 
2,581,679 new shares on 4 February 2022 at an issue price of 
$7.75 per share.

Share buy-back

On 20 October 2022, the Group announced an on-market 
share buy-back of up to $25.0 million. The program started 
on 4 November 2022 and will end on 3 November 2023. 
During the year, the Company purchased 894,360 shares at 

an average price of $4.59 per share. Shares acquired under 
the buy-back were subsequently cancelled resulting in a 
reduction of the paid-up share capital of the Company.

Shares purchased on-market for the purpose of an employee 
incentive scheme

During the year, the Company purchased 1,000,000 shares 
on-market (2021: 577,006 shares) and 496,448 shares from 
its employees during a staff trading window (2021: 512,858 
shares) in order to meet the Group’s shared based payment 
awards. The average price of all share purchases during the 
year was $6.63 (2021: $4.51).

Shares issued under a Long Term Incentive Plan

During the year, the Company issued 2,668,356 (year ended 
31 Dec 2021: 4,285,000) fully paid ordinary shares in order 
for eligible employees of the Group to acquire loan funded 
shares in the Company as part of the Long Term Incentive 
(LTI) plan. The average issue price of the shares was $7.28 
(year ended 31 Dec 2021: $4.38). The purchase price of the 
shares acquired by eligible employees under the LTI was fully 
funded by a limited recourse loan provided by the Company. 
The shares are subject to vesting conditions, including 
performance conditions and continuous employment, and 
carry the same rights as other fully paid ordinary shares. Refer 
to note 34.5 for further details.

31 

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
Cents

 28.0 

 26.9 

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
Cents

22.3

21.2

The earnings used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is the Group’s profit after tax.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (net of treasury shares) used in 
calculating basic earnings per share

 160,413,092 

 143,846,347 

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Potential equity shares1

Share options

Share rights

Restricted shares

Salary sacrifice shares

 2,899,198 

 341,964 

 2,857,404 

 21,967 

 4,010,697 

 971,164 

 2,634,796 

 16,143 

Total potential equity shares

 6,120,533 

 7,632,800 

Total weighted average number of ordinary shares (net of treasury shares) and 
potential equity shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

166,533,625

 151,479,148 

1  Refer to note 34 for detail of the terms and conditions of plans impacting diluted earnings per share.

124

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

32 

Dividends

Details of the Group’s fully franked dividend payments:

2020 final dividend (10 cents per share paid 3 March 2021)

2021 interim dividend (5 cents per share paid on 22 September 2021)

2021 final dividend (12 cents per share paid on 11 March 2022)

2022 interim dividend (6 cents per share paid on 21 September 2022)

Dividends paid

Dividends not recognised at the end of the financial year

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 - 

 - 

 20,466 

 10,452 

 30,918 

 14,907 

 7,719 

 - 

 - 

 22,626 

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors have resolved to pay a fully franked dividend of 14 cents per share, payable on 
22 March 2023. The aggregate amount of the proposed dividend expected to be paid from retained profits, but not recognised 
as a liability at the end of the year is $24.6 million. This amount has been estimated based on the number of shares eligible to 
participate as at 31 December 2022.

Franking credits

Franking credits available for the subsequent financial year1

 55,255 

 47,881 

1  Calculated at a corporate tax rate of 30% (2021: 30%)

33 

Reserves

Share-based payment reserve (refer to note 34)

Associates OCI reserve

FVTOCI reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Total reserves

Associates OCI reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Share of other comprehensive income of associates

Income tax relating to the revaluation of associates

Balance at the end of the year

FVTOCI reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Net (gain)/loss arising on revaluation of financial assets

Income tax relating to loss/(gain) arising on revaluation of financial assets

Balance at the end of the year

FCTR reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Foreign exchange movement on translation of foreign operations

Balance at the end of the year

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 38,974 

 21,424 

 (6,598)

 211 

 54,011 

 19,815 

 3,141 

 (1,532)

 21,424 

 (5,677)

 (2,504)

 1,583 

 (6,598)

 - 

 211 

 211 

 34,353 

 19,815 

 (5,677)

 - 

 48,491 

 11,253 

 12,231 

 (3,669)

 19,815 

 (13,139)

 13,304 

 (5,842)

 (5,677)

 - 

 - 

 - 

125

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments

Share-based payment reserve

Balance at the beginning of the year

Amortisation of share options

Amortisation of share rights

Amortisation of restricted shares

Amortisation of loan funded shares

Amortisation of share appreciation rights

Amortisation of deferred remuneration on business acquisitions

Vesting of share-based payments

Balance at the end of the year

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$’000

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$’000

 34,353 

 27,027 

 59 

 1,044 

 8,641 

 3,963 

 1,215 

 800 

 (11,101)

 38,974 

 107 

 1,249 

 7,907 

 2,802 

 596 

 2,200 

 (7,535)

 34,353 

The component of annual bonus expected to be paid in 
shares has been accounted for as a share-based payment, 
with the amounts accruing over the expected vesting period 
of between 1 to 3 years. The profit or loss impact (after tax) 
of the estimated share component for services received for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 was $3.5 million (2021: 

$2.5 million). The accounting standards require the value of 
the share-based component to be determined when there 
is a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of 
the scheme and so the estimate of the accrual to date could 
change until this grant date is achieved.

34.1 

Employee share options

The Group has granted options to certain employees of the Group. For accounting purposes, fair value of the options is 
amortised as an expense over the vesting period of the options.

Number of options

Weighted average exercise price  
$

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Balance at the beginning of the year

 2,875,391 

 3,851,450 

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Balance at the end of the year

 - 

 (16,668)

 250,000 

 (98,334)

 (872,310)

 (1,127,725)

 1,986,413 

 2,875,391 

 3.41 

 - 

 3.35 

 3.14 

 3.53 

 3.22 

 4.34 

 3.25 

 3.00 

 3.41 

No share options were issued, forfeited or exercised since the 
end of the reporting period. 351,747 employee share options 
were exercisable as at year end.

Chair options

On 18 February 2021, the Chair and Non-Executive Director, 
Mr Jeffrey Browne exercised 390,625 options at an exercise 
price of $3.00 per option. No further options are held by  
Mr Browne.

2017 share options

Prior to the listing of the Company, a number of employees 
were provided the opportunity to purchase options (share 
option), with each share option carrying the right to acquire 
one share in the Company at a future date. As a result of  
the offer, the Company issued 5,468,750 share options on  
8 April 2017.

126

Each share option is exercisable for a period of one year, 
commencing on the first exercise date applicable to the 
relevant tranche (exercise window) as set out in the table 
below. Each share option expires if it is not exercised within 
the relevant exercise window. The vesting period of the share 
options runs from the grant date to the first exercise date as 
shown in the table below. Unless otherwise determined by the 
Board, a share option holder must continue to be employed by 
the Group in order to exercise the share option.

Share options do not carry any dividend entitlement. Shares 
issued on exercise of share options will rank equally with 
other shares of the Company on and from issue. There are 
no inherent participating rights or entitlements inherent in the 
share option and share option holders will not be entitled to 
participate in new issues of capital offered to shareholders 
during the life of the share option. The issue price of the share 
option was paid by the recipient on receipt of the share option.

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments (continued)

34.1 

Employee share options (continued)

2017 share options (continued)

The table below provides the details of options issued on 8 April 2017:

Numbers of 
options at 
beginning 

of year Acquired by

 72,749  Employees

 1,151,308  Employees

 1,151,334  Employees

 2,375,391 

Grant date 
share price

Exercise 
price of 
option Issue price

Earliest date 

of exercise Expiry date

$2.35

$2.35

$2.35

$3.00

$3.15

$3.35

$0.03

8/04/2021 7/04/2022

$0.03 8/04/2022 7/04/2023

Options 
forfeited 
during the 
year

 - 

 - 

Options 
exercised 
during the 
year

 72,749 

Number of 
options at 
year end

 - 

 799,561 

 351,747 

$0.01 8/04/2023 7/04/2024

 16,668 

 - 

 1,134,666 

 16,668 

 872,310 

 1,486,413 

Fair value of share options granted

The weighted average value of the share option at the time of 
grant was $0.0375.

The fair value of the share option was calculated using a 
Black-Scholes model, adjusted for expectations of forfeiture 
due to employee departures. The assumptions used in 
calculating the fair value are shown below and are common to 
all tranches of share options, unless otherwise stated:

•  Dividend yield 4.0%

•  Risk-free rate 2.5%

•  Expected volatility of 30%, calculated based on the 

volatility of comparable listed entities

•  Expected life of option is the maximum term up to last day 

of the exercise window

•  Forfeiture assumptions for the options granted to 

employees are that 16%, 20% and 23% of share options 
are forfeited for tranches 1, 2 and 3 respectively.

2020 share options

During 2020, the Group granted share options to non-Australian domiciled Group employees. The terms of the 2020 share 
options plan are the same as the 2017 share options plan unless otherwise stated below. The table below provides a summary of 
the details of options issued during 2020:

Numbers of 
options at 
beginning 

of year Acquired by

 83,334  Employees

 83,334  Employees

 83,332  Employees

250,000 

Grant date 
share price

Exercise 
price of 
option Issue price

Earliest date 

of exercise Expiry date

$3.09

$3.09

$3.09

$4.04

$4.04

$4.04

$0.00 13/03/2024 13/03/2025

$0.00 13/03/2025 13/03/2026

$0.00 13/03/2026 13/03/2027

Options 
forfeited 
during  
the year

Options 
exercised 
during  
the year

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Number of 
options at 
year end

 83,334 

 83,334 

 83,332 

 250,000 

The weighted average value of the 2020 share options at the 
time of grant was $0.85.

•  Risk-free rate 0.67%.

•  Expected volatility of 42.78%. 

The fair value of the share options was calculated using a 
Monte-Carlo model, adjusted for expectations of forfeiture 
due to employee departures. The assumptions used in 
calculating the fair value are shown below and are common to 
all tranches of share options, unless otherwise stated: 

•  Performance hurdle of 8% per annum increase in total 

shareholder return.

•  Expected life of option is the maximum term up to last day 

of the exercise window 

• 

• Forfeiture assumptions for the options granted to 
employees are that 20%, 25% and 30% of share options 
are forfeited for tranches 1, 2 and 3 respectively. 

127

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments (continued)

34.1 

Employee share options (continued)

2021 share options

During 2021, the Group granted share options to non-Australian domiciled Group employees. The terms of the 2021 share 
options plan are the same as the 2020 share options plan unless otherwise stated below. The table below provides a summary of 
the details of options issued during 2021:

Numbers of 
options at 
beginning of 
year

Acquired by

Grant date 
share price

 125,000 

Employees

 125,000 

Employees

$4.40

$4.40

250,000 

Exercise 
price of 
option

$4.34

$4.34

Issue 
price

Earliest date 
of exercise

Expiry date

$0.00 10/03/2025 10/03/2026

$0.00 10/03/2026 10/03/2027

Options 
forfeited 
during the 
year

Options 
exercised 
during the 
year

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

Number of 
options at 
year end

 125,000 

 125,000 

250,000 

The weighted average value of the share options at the time of 
grant was $1.48.

The fair value of the share options was calculated using a 
Monte-Carlo model, adjusted for expectations of forfeiture 
due to employee departures. The assumptions used in 
calculating the fair value are shown below and are common to 
all tranches of share options, unless otherwise stated:

•  Performance hurdle of 8% per annum increase in total 

shareholder return. 

•  Risk-free rate 0.67%.

•  Expected volatility of 42.78%, based on historical MAF 
share price volatility over the expected term of the plan.

•  Expected life of option is the maximum term up to last day 

of the exercise window.

•  Forfeiture assumptions for the options granted to 

employees are that 20%, 25% and 30% of share options 
are forfeited for tranches 1, 2 and 3 respectively. 

34.2  Share rights

Share rights awarded include those granted to staff on 
commencement of employment and as part of the bonus 
incentive scheme, the vesting of which are subject to 
continuous employment conditions. The value of these 
grants are amortised over the vesting period, on the basis 
that employees do not leave prior to vesting. The value of 
the grant has been determined by reference to the trading in 
the Company’s shares. The amortising period commences 
from the date employees first had an expectation of receiving 
an equity component to their bonus incentive scheme. 
Determination of this date required a degree of judgement.

Share rights granted as sign-on incentive

The Company has periodically granted share rights to senior 
executives commencing employment with the Group. The 
share rights are priced with reference to the trading price of 
the Company’s shares at the time the offer of employment 
is made. Vesting is subject to continuous employment, with 
terms varying on a case by case basis. Amortisation of the 
expense commences on the day the senior executive starts 
their employment.

Share rights granted as part of the annual bonus incentive 
scheme

Share rights have been granted to employees in connection 
with their 2017 and 2018 annual bonus which entitles the 
employees to ordinary shares in the Company in the future for 
no payment. The share rights vest over a prescribed vesting 
period, and are conditional on continuous employment, unless 
otherwise determined by the Board.

In 2022, promotion-based awards were issued to selected 
employees in the form of performance rights to better align 
their interests with shareholders. The number of performance 
rights granted was determined by dividing the face value 
of the performance based equity opportunity by the 5-day 
VWAP up to and including the grant date, rounded to the 
nearest number. Rights granted are subject to a vesting period 
of three years and a service condition, unless otherwise 
determined by the Board. The amortising period has been 
assessed to commence at the grant date of the right.

128

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments (continued)

34.2  Share rights (continued)

The table below sets out the movement in share rights during the year:

Balance at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Vested during the year

Balance at the end of the year

34.3  Restricted shares

Restricted shares – staff bonus incentive scheme

From 2019, as part of the annual staff bonus incentive 
scheme, the share-based component of short term incentive 
remuneration was delivered in the form of restricted shares, 
issued to employees as part of their annual bonus awards. 
The restricted shares were priced at the 5-day VWAP of the 
shares in the Company at the end of the respective financial 
years. The restricted shares vest over a prescribed vesting 

 Number of  
share rights

 Grant date fair value  
$’000

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

 971,164 

 2,060,394 

 179,784 

 - 

 (5,474)

 (4,459)

 (803,510)

 (1,084,771)

 341,964 

 971,164 

 4,625 

 2,735 

 (64)

 (3,612)

 3,684 

 9,339 

 - 

 (23)

 (4,691)

 4,625 

period of 10 months to 34 months, and are conditional on 
continuous employment, unless otherwise determined by 
the Board. The amortisation period has been assessed to 
commence from the date employees first had an expectation 
of receiving an equity component to their annual bonus (being 
1 January of each financial year).

Number of  
restricted shares

 Grant date fair value  
$’000

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Balance at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Vested during the year

 2,634,796 

 1,354,739 

 1,310,986 

 1,762,090 

 (42,696)

 - 

 (1,045,682)

 (482,033)

 12,763 

 10,675 

 (305)

 (5,116)

Balance at the end of the year

 2,857,404 

 2,634,796 

 18,017 

 6,748 

 8,416 

 - 

 (2,401)

 12,763 

Restricted shares – 2022 staff bonus incentive scheme

34.4  Loan funded share plan (LFSP)

As at 31 December 2022, the Group has estimated short term 
incentive component of the expected 2022 annual bonuses, 
including an estimate of the amount of bonuses to be paid in 
cash and the share-based component, which is anticipated 
to be delivered in the form of restricted shares. The profit or 
loss impact (after tax) of the estimated equity component for 
services received for the year ended 31 December 2022 was 
$2.4 million (2021: $2.5 million). The estimate of the cost of 
the restricted share awards could change up until the grant 
date is achieved.

During 2020 and 2021 the Group issued retention LFSP 
awards for certain employees that enabled the employees 
to invest in shares of the Company in order to more closely 
align their long term interests with shareholders of the Group. 
During 2022, the Group issued a new Long Term Incentive 
(LTI) LFSP award. The Group provides an interest free 
and limited recourse loan to the employees that is used to 
acquire shares in the Company. The loans to employees are 
secured on the shares which are not transferable until the 
loan is fully paid. LFSP shares rank equally in all respects 
with all shareholder entitlements for the same class of shares 
including dividends.

The total expense recorded for the period in respect of the 
retention LFSP awards and LTI LFSP awards was $4.0 million 
(2021: $2.9 million).

129

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments (continued)

34.4  Loan funded share plan (LFSP) (continued)

Number of loan  
funded shares

 Grant date fair value  
$’000

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Balance at the beginning of the year

 7,915,184 

 3,480,000 

 37,253 

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

 2,668,356 

 4,435,184 

 (109,100)

 - 

 19,417 

 (451)

 17,333 

 19,920 

 - 

Balance at the end of the year

 10,474,440 

 7,915,184 

 56,219 

 37,253 

Retention LFSP awards

The shares issued under the retention LFSP awards have been treated as ‘in substance options’ and have been valued using a 
Monte-Carlo pricing methodology with key inputs shown below.

Retention LFSP awards

Vesting period

Share price at grant date

Expected volatility1

Risk-free rate

Fair value per security

 2021 Grant 

 2020 Grant 

 Tranche 1 

 Tranche 2 

 Tranche 1 

 Tranche 2 

 Tranche 3 

4 years

$4.34

42.78%

0.67%

$1.45

5 years

$4.34

42.78%

0.67%

$1.51

4 years

$4.04

42.78%

0.67%

$0.75

5 years

$4.04

42.78%

0.67%

$0.86

6 years

$4.04

42.78%

0.67%

$0.94

Performance hurdle (total shareholder return)

8% p.a.

8% p.a.

8% p.a.

8% p.a.

8% p.a.

Forfeiture assumptions

10%

13%

20%

25%

30%

LTI LFSP awards

During 2022 the Group issued LTI LFSP awards for senior 
employees including KMP. The LTI LFSP awards are granted 
to ensure alignment with the creation of ongoing shareholder 
value. Shares granted are subject to a vesting period of five 
years, a service condition, unless otherwise determined by the 

Board, and an EPS performance condition based on average 
growth in underlying EPS over the vesting period. The shares 
issued under the LTI LFSP awards have been treated as ‘in 
substance options’ and have been valued using a Black-
Scholes pricing methodology with key inputs shown below. 

LTI LFSP awards

Vesting period

Share price at grant date

Expected volatility1

Risk-free rate

Fair value per security

Performance hurdle (total shareholder return)

Forfeiture assumptions

1  Based on historical MAF share price volatility over the expected term of the plan.

 Grant 

5 years

$7.91

40.71%

2.73%

$0.02

7.5% – 12.0%

20.0%

130

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments (continued)

34.4  Loan funded share plan (LFSP) (continued)

2023 LTI LFSP awards

The 2023 LTI LFSP awards are expected to be granted in 
March 2023 and will be based on a 5-day VWAP up to and 
including the grant date. The accounting standards require 
the value of the plan to be determined when there is a shared 
understanding of the terms and conditions of the plan. As at 
31 December 2022, the Group has estimated the cost of the 
2023 LTI LFSP awards using a Black-Scholes model adjusted 
for the likelihood of the EPS performance condition and 
service condition being met at the conclusion of the vesting 
period. The profit or loss impact (after tax) for the year ended 

Balance at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Vested during the year

Balance at the end of the year

31 December 2022 was $0.7 million (2021: $0.9 million). The 
estimate of the cost of the 2023 LTI LFSP awards could 
change up until the grant date is achieved.

34.5  Share appreciation rights plan

During 2022 Share Appreciation Rights (SAR) were granted 
under the LTI plan to senior executives, Managing Directors 
and equivalent. A SAR is an ‘in substance option’ which gives 
the holder a right to shares in the future equivalent to the uplift 
in the share price between the grant date and vesting date.

Number of share  
appreciation rights

 Grant date fair value  
$’000

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

 - 

 1,757,411 

 (34,278)

 - 

 1,723,133 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 13,883 

 (271)

 - 

 13,612 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

The SARs issued under the LTI plan have been valued using a Black-Scholes pricing methodology with key inputs shown below. 
The resulting value is amortised over the vesting period on a probability adjusted basis.

LTI SAR awards

Vesting period

Share price at grant date

Expected volatility1

Risk-free rate

Dividend yield

Forfeiture assumptions – Service condition

1  Based on historical MAF share price volatility over the expected term of the plan.

 Grant 

5 years

$7.91

40.71%

2.73%

2.15%

20.0%

2023 LTI SAR awards

34.6  Salary sacrifice share plan

The 2023 LTI SAR awards are expected to be granted in 
March 2023 and will be based on a 5-day VWAP up to and 
including the grant date. The accounting standards require 
the value of the plan to be determined when there is a shared 
understanding of the terms and conditions of the plan. As at 
31 December 2022, the Group has estimated the cost of the 
2023 LTI SAR using a Black-Scholes model adjusted for the 
likelihood of the service condition being met at the conclusion 
of the vesting period. The profit or loss impact (after tax) for 
the year ended 31 December 2022 was $0.4 million (2021: 
$0.4 million). The estimate of the cost of the plan could 
change up until the grant date is achieved.

From 2020, all permanent full and part-time employees of the 
Group were invited to participate in the annual salary sacrifice 
share offer which allowed employees to receive up to $5,000 
worth of shares in the Company by sacrificing an equivalent 
amount of their pre-tax salary or cash bonus award. 25,576 
shares were issued under the 2022 arrangement, priced at 
$7.908, being the 5-day VWAP of the Company’s shares on 
grant date (2021: 17,296 shares at $4.3389). The shares are 
restricted from being sold by employees until at least 1 July of 
the year following issue or when the participant is no longer 
employed by the Group.

131

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

34 

Share-based payments (continued)

34.6  Salary sacrifice share plan (continued)

Balance at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Balance at the end of the year

Number of salary  
sacrifice shares

 Grant date fair value  
$’000

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

 16,143 

 25,576 

 22,675 

 17,296 

 (19,752)

 (23,828)

 21,967 

 16,143 

 69 

202

 (99)

 172 

 91 

 75 

 (97)

 69 

35 

Key management personnel compensation

The aggregate compensation made to both Executive and Non-Executive Directors and other members of Key Management 
Personnel (KMP) of the Company and the Group is set out below. There were 11 KMP in 2022 (2021: 10 KMP).

Short-term benefits

Share-based payments

Annual leave

Long service leave

31 Dec 2022 
$

 6,318,881 

 3,099,136 

 129,325 

 94,331 

31 Dec 2021 
$

 6,954,199 

 1,661,420 

 162,664 

 111,370 

Total key management personnel compensation

 9,641,673 

 8,889,653 

36 

Related party transactions

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been 
eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of transactions between the Group and other related 
parties are disclosed below.

36.1 

Loans to related parties

Loans to employees

The Group has provided interest-free loans to certain 
senior employees that are used for investment purposes, 
primarily for investment in funds managed by the Group. The 
investments purchased have been designated as restricted 
and are unable to be sold without the approval of the Group. 
51% of distributions received on the investments are allocated 
against the loan balance. The loans are repayable over a 
maximum term of five years.

36.2  Transactions with Key Management Personnel

In 2019 Mr Pridham and Mr Biggins entered into property 
management service arrangements with the Group on the 
same terms offered to third-party investors in a property 
managed by the Group. Total management fees payable by 
Mr Pridham and Mr Biggins for 2022 amounted to $69,352 
and $15,506 respectively (2021: $69,542 and $15,506 
respectively).

132

31 Dec 2022 
$

 2,211,317 

31 Dec 2021 
$

 823,140 

36.3  Transactions with funds managed by the Group

The Group is involved in the management of various funds, 
through its role as a trustee, manager, financial advisor and 
underwriter, and charges fees for doing so. The Group also 
invests in some of the funds which it manages.

36.4  Transactions with associates

Transactions between the Group and its associates principally 
arise from KMP transactions and investments in the associate.

The amounts below for KMP are recorded at the entry price 
paid or committed for the relevant investment in accordance 
with AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures and have not been 
adjusted for subsequent valuation changes. 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

36 

Related party transactions (continued)

36.4  Transactions with associates (continued)

Related party investments in associates

KMP 
31 Dec 2022
$’000

Group 
31 Dec 2022
$’000

KMP 
31 Dec 2021
$’000

BE ES I LLC

BE OLD I LLC

MA Kincare Fund

Redcape Hotel Group

Other associates

Related party fees from associates

Trustee and management fees

Performance fees

Receivables from associates

Current

 - 

 - 

 - 

 7,757 

 7,808 

 15,565 

 22,415 

 8,274 

 - 

 57,086 

 3,811 

 91,586 

 - 

 - 

 400 

 7,376 

 7,808 

 15,884 

31 Dec 2022 
$’000

 6,884 

 43,925 

 50,809 

Group 
31 Dec 2021 
$’000

 19,401 

 2,068 

 7,594 

 84,339 

 6,991 

 120,393 

31 Dec 2021 
$’000

 5,836 

 6,040 

 11,876 

Accounts receivable and fees receivable from associates

 5,468 

 5,590 

37 

Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries

37.1 

Business acquisitions

On 7 February 2022, the Group acquired 100% of the issued 
share capital of Finsure Holding Pty Ltd and its subsidiaries 
(Finsure) for a consideration of $152.2 million, obtaining 
control of Finsure. Finsure is a leading Australian mortgage 
aggregator. 

The Group acquired 47.5% of MA Money in October 2020. 
The Group acquired the remaining 52.5% interest of MA 
Money on 1 March 2022 for cash consideration of $11.3 
million, obtaining control of MA Money. 

Finsure and MA Money qualify as businesses as defined in 
AASB 3 Business Combinations. 

If new information obtained within one year of the date of 
acquisition about facts and circumstances that existed at 
the date of acquisition identifies adjustments to the below 
amounts, or any additional provisions that existed at the date 
of acquisition, then the accounting for the acquisition  
will be revised.

Since the last reporting period, the Group remeasured the 
fair value of the acquired net assets in Finsure. The below 
remeasurements were made which subsequently resulted in a 
$0.5 million decrease to goodwill.

•  decrease to receivables of $0.7m;

• 

• 

• 

• 

increase to the fair value of contract assets by $8.5 
million; 

increase to payables by $4.4 million;

increase to contract liabilities by $3.3 million; and 

increase to deferred tax liabilities by $0.7 million.

133

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

37 

Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries (continued)

37.1 

Business acquisitions (continued)

The table below represents the aggregated details of the businesses acquired during the year. The purchase price allocation for 
the current year’s business acquisitions is provisional as at 31 December 2022.

Finsure
$’000

MA Money
$’000

Total 
$’000

Fair value of net assets acquired

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Loans receivable

Contract assets

Fixed assets

Right-of-use assets

Identifiable intangible assets

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Contract liabilities

Income tax payable

Provisions

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Total fair value of net assets acquired

Consideration

Cash

Settlement of loans

Investment as associate

Total consideration transferred

Goodwill recognised on acquisition

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Cash consideration

Less: cash and cash equivalent balances acquired

Total net cash outflow arising on acquisition

 8,222 

 24,125 

 - 

 441,087 

 126 

 990 

 46,300 

 (32,876)

 (1,633)

 8,442 

 237 

 198,294 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 - 

 (1,725)

 - 

 - 

 (197,098)

 (415,236)

 - 

 (903)

 (18,663)

 51,539 

 152,225 

 - 

 - 

 152,225 

 100,686 

 152,225 

 8,222 

 144,003 

 - 

 340 

 (2,351)

 1,126 

 7,265 

 11,349 

 4,818 

 4,571 

 20,738 

 13,473 

 11,349 

 8,442 

 2,907 

 16,664 

 24,362 

 198,294 

 441,087 

 126 

 990 

 46,300 

 (34,601)

 (1,633)

 (197,098)

 (415,236)

 340 

 (3,254)

 (17,537)

 58,804 

 163,574 

 4,818 

 4,571 

 172,963 

 114,159 

 163,574 

 16,664 

 146,910 

Goodwill 

Acquisition related costs

The goodwill of $114.2 million arising from the acquisition 
consists of:

• 

the experience and employment of key management; and

Business acquisition costs of $3.0 million comprising legal 
fees and due diligence costs were included in the Group’s 
consolidated statement of profit or loss (31 December 2022: 
$1.2 million and 31 December 2021: $1.8 million).

•  assembled workforce of existing employees.

None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income 
tax purposes. 

134

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022 

37 

Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries (continued)

37.1 

Business acquisitions (continued)

37.2 

Consolidated managed fund investments

The Group regularly provides seed and growth capital to 
funds managed by the Group. At each reporting period 
investments in funds managed by the Group are assessed 
for control. Determining whether the Group has control over 
managed fund investments requires the use of judgement and 
is an assessment of the Group’s power over the activities of 
the funds and exposure to significant variability in returns from 
the funds. Managed fund investments where such interests 
are interests in controlled entities are consolidated by the 
Group. Where it is determined that control does not exist, 
the Group’s investments are recognised as either associates 
or other financial assets in the consolidated statement of 
financial position.  

Contribution to the Group’s results

Finsure contributed $30.1 million of revenue and $16.9 million 
to the Group’s profit before tax for the period between the 
date of acquisition and the reporting date.

MA Money contributed $11.7 million of revenue and $5.5 
million loss to the Group’s profit before tax for the period 
between the date of acquisition and the reporting date.

If the acquisition of Finsure and MA Money had occurred on 1 
January 2022, Group revenue contribution for the year ended 
31 December 2022 would have been $32.2 million and $13.4 
million respectively, and Group profit before tax contribution 
would have been $17.5 million profit and $6.3 million loss 
respectively. The Directors of the Group consider these 
‘pro-forma’ numbers to represent an approximate measure of 
the performance of the combined Group for the year ended 
31 December 2022 and to provide a reference point for 
comparison in future years.

37.3  Subsidiaries

Details of the Group’s material subsidiaries at the end of the financial year are as follows:

Name of subsidiary

Principal activity

Place of 
incorporation 
and operation

Proportion of ownership interest 
and voting power held by the Group

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Eastern Credit Management Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Asset Management Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Hotel Management Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Investment Management Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Visa Fund Manager Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MAAM Holdings Pty Ltd

MAAM RE Limited

Asset Management

Australia

Asset Management

Australia

Redcape Hotel Group Management Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

RetPro Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

RetPro Management Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

Western Funds Management Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Credit Investments Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Credit Portfolio Investments Pty Ltd

Asset Management

Australia

MA Master Credit Trust

Asset Management

Australia

MA Asset Management (Hong Kong) Ltd

Asset Management

Hong Kong

MAAM Commercial Consulting (Shanghai) Co Ltd Asset Management

China

MA Eagle I LLC

Finsure Holding Pty Ltd

Asset Management

USA

Lending & Technology Australia

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

-

135

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

37 

Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries (continued)

37.3  Subsidiaries (continued)

Name of subsidiary

Principal activity

Place of 
incorporation 
and operation

Proportion of ownership interest 
and voting power held by the Group

31 Dec 2022

31 Dec 2021

Finsure Finance & Insurance Pty Ltd

Lending & Technology Australia

Beagle Finance Pty Ltd

MAKM Holdings Pty Ltd

MA Money Financial Services Pty Ltd (formerly 
MKM NewCo Pty Ltd)

Lending & Technology Australia

Lending & Technology Australia

Lending & Technology Australia

MKM Securitisation Trust No. 3

Lending & Technology Australia

MKM Securitisation Trust No. 5

Lending & Technology Australia

MOE Disbursement Trust

Lending & Technology Australia

MA Moelis Australia Advisory Pty Ltd

MA Moelis Australia Securities Pty Ltd

CA&E

CA&E

Australia

Australia

MAFG Operations Pty Ltd

MAFG Finance Pty Ltd

Administration Entity

Australia

Administration Entity

Australia

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

-

-

-

-

-

-

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

38 

Parent entity disclosures

As at, and throughout, the year ended 31 December 2022 the parent entity of the Group was MA Financial Group Limited.

Results of the parent company

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Financial position of the parent entity

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Total equity of the parent entity comprising of:

Contributed equity

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

31 Dec 2022
Company 
$’000

31 Dec 2021 
Company 
$’000

 46,499 

 46,499 

 160,938 

 190,097 

 351,035 

 115 

 115 

 46,482 

 46,482 

 275,520 

 37,804 

 313,324 

 1,919 

 1,919 

 350,920 

 311,405 

 275,087 

 36,348 

 39,485 

 350,920 

 254,990 

 32,153 

 24,262 

 311,405 

The parent entity had no contingent liabilities, contractual commitments or guarantees with third parties as at 31 December 2022 
(2021: nil) other than those already disclosed in the financial statements.

136

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

39 

Deed of cross guarantee

The Company and certain wholly owned subsidiaries listed below (the Closed Group) have entered into a Deed of Cross 
Guarantee (Deed) effective 21 December 2022. 

Pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785, the wholly-owned subsidiaries listed below 
are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of financial reports, and 
Directors’ reports.

The subsidiaries to the Deed are:

•  Beagle Finance Pty Ltd

•  Eastern Credit Management Pty Ltd

•  Finsure Finance & Insurance Pty Ltd

•  Finsure Holding Pty Ltd

•  MAAM Holdings Pty Ltd

•  MAFG Operations Pty Ltd

Set out below is the statement of profit or loss, statement of comprehensive income, statement of financial position and a 
summary of movements in accumulated losses of the entities party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee.

Statement of profit or loss

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense

Net fee and commission income

Investment income

Other income

Total income

Employee expenses

Marketing and business development

Information, technology and data

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Credit loss allowance

Other expenses

Total expenses

Loss before tax

Income tax benefit

Loss after income tax

Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax

Items that will not be classified subsequently to profit or loss:

Fair value loss on investments in equity instruments designated at FVTOCI

Total other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss

31 Dec 2022
$’000

 461,413 

 (417,575)

43,838

 75,638 

 58,735 

 178,211 

 134,710 

 9,091 

 6,878 

 13,456 

 3,390 

 (255)

 15,120 

 182,390 

 (4,179)

 1,236 

 (2,943)

 (93)

 (93)

 (3,036)

137

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

39 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

Statement of financial position

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Loans receivable

Other assets

Contract assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Restricted cash

Loans receivable

Contract assets

Other financial assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments in associates and joint ventures

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Contract liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity 

Contributed equity

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Total equity

138

31 Dec 2022
$’000

 67,819 

 43,106 

 3,436 

 4,015 

 139,279 

 257,655 

 700 

 2,174 

 467,954 

 65,859 

 5,223 

 60,881 

 89,826 

 45,638 

 98,829 

 837,084 

 1,094,739 

 156,695 

 131,061 

 5,512 

 40,560 

 333,828 

 440,302 

 58,390 

 1,298 

 11,201 

 511,191 

 845,019 

 249,720 

 275,087 

 39,231 

 (64,598)

 249,720 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

39 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

Summary of movements in accumulated losses

Accumulated losses at beginning of the financial year

Loss for the year

Accumulated losses at end of the financial year

40 

Structured entities

31 Dec 2022
$’000

 (61,655)

 (2,943)

 (64,598)

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed such 
that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in 
determining who controls the entity and the relevant activities 
are directed by means of contractual arrangements. 

transfers the risk of credit losses on loan portfolios to the 
capital providers of the trusts. The Group’s exposure to losses 
is limited to its investment in the warehouse trusts and its 
rights to current and future residual income from its trusts.

The Group assesses at inception and at each reporting date, 
whether the structured entity should be consolidated based 
on the Group’s consolidation accounting policy. Structured 
entities are classified as subsidiaries and consolidated when 
control exists. 

Consolidated structured entities 

The Group considers its wholly owned entities that originate 
residential mortgages via notes in mortgage warehouse trusts 
to be structured entities. These trusts are special purpose 
vehicles where third-party funders provide limited-recourse 
financing to the trusts. The facility arrangement partially 

Unconsolidated structured entities

The Group has an interest in a structured entity when it has 
a contractual or non-contractual involvement that exposes 
it to variable returns from the performance of the entity. 
The Group’s interest includes investments held in securities 
or units issued by these entities and fees earned from 
management of the assets within these entities.

The following table presents, by asset class, the carrying 
value and maximum exposure to loss (before the benefit of 
collateral and credit enhancements) of the Group’s interests in 
unconsolidated structured entities:

Real estate 
$’000

Hospitality 
$’000

Credit 
$’000

Equities 
$’000

Total 
$’000

31 December 2022

Carrying value of assets

Financial assets held at FVTOCI

Financial assets held at FVTPL

Total carrying value of assets

Maximum exposure to loss

Financial assets held at FVTOCI

Financial assets held at FVTPL

Total maximum exposure to loss

31 December 2021

Carrying value of assets

Financial assets held at FVTOCI

Financial assets held at FVTPL

Total carrying value of assets

Maximum exposure to loss

Financial assets held at FVTOCI

Financial assets held at FVTPL

Total maximum exposure to loss

837

640

 1,477 

837

640

1,477

 668 

 605 

 1,273 

 668 

 605 

 1,273 

3,040

 -

 3,040 

3,040

 -

 3,040 

 3,117 

 - 

 3,117 

 3,117 

 - 

 3,117 

3,754

14,985

 18,739 

3,754

14,985

 18,739 

 31,399 

 23,677 

 55,076 

 31,399 

 23,677 

 55,076 

5,453

 -

 5,453 

5,453

 -

 5,453 

 7,850 

 - 

 7,850 

 7,850 

 - 

 7,850 

 13,084 

 15,625 

 28,709 

13,084

 15,625 

28,709

 43,034 

 24,282 

 67,316 

 43,034 

 24,282 

 67,316 

139

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportNotes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

40 

Structured entities (continued)

Unless otherwise specified, the Group’s maximum exposure to 
loss is the total of its on-balance sheet positions at reporting 
date. There are no off-balance sheet arrangements which 
would expose the Group to potential losses in respect of 
unconsolidated structured entities.

During the year, the Group earned management, performance, 
transaction and upfront fee income of $9.9 million (2021: $8.9 
million) and gains or losses from revaluing financial assets held 
at FVTPL from interests held of $1.4 million (2021: $1.0 million).

41 

Auditor’s remuneration

Audit and review services

Auditors of the Group

Audit and review of financial statements – Group

Audit and review of financial statements – controlled entities

Other auditors

Audit and review of financial statements – controlled entities

Total audit and review services

Assurance services

Auditors of the Group

Regulatory assurance services

Other assurance services

Total assurance services

Other services

Auditors of the Group

Advisory services

Taxation

Other services in relation to the Group

Total other services

Total auditor remuneration

31 Dec 2022
Consolidated
$

31 Dec 2021
Consolidated
$

 628,763 

 343,645 

 972,408 

 22,783 

 995,191 

 100,913 

 - 

 100,913 

 106,551 

 618,537 

 65,728 

 790,816 

 1,886,920 

 541,000 

 62,000 

 603,000 

 32,000 

 635,000 

 - 

 90,000 

 90,000 

425,000

 - 

 - 

 425,000 

 1,150,000 

Effective 21 June 2022, KPMG was appointed as auditor for 
the Company (2021: Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu). Comparative 
amounts shown in the table above relate to fees paid to the 
previous auditor Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. During the year 
ended 31 December 2022, total other services paid or payable 
to KPMG included fees of $604,490 for engagements prior to 
KPMG’s appointment as auditor of the Company. 

42 

Commitments

Group. At 31 December 2022, $54.5 million (2021: $28.0 
million) and $2.4 million (2021: $2.0m) has been invested 
by the Group in MCT and USD MCT respectively. Refer to 
note 26(b) for further information.

43 

Contingent assets and liabilities

The Group has no contingent assets and liabilities at 31 
December 2022 (2021: nil).

At 31 December 2022, the Group had undrawn loan 
commitments of $144.4 million (2021: $104.5 million). 
Subsequent to 31 December 2022, $28.0 million of this 
commitment was either cancelled or drawn upon.

At 31 December 2022, the Group has the following capital 
commitments:

44 

Events after the reporting date

There were no material events subsequent to 31 December 
2022 and up until the authorisation of the financial statements 
for issue, that have not been disclosed elsewhere in the 
financial statements.

•  The Group has committed to a co-investment in class B 
units in MCT and USD MCT, consolidated entities of the 

140

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportDirectors’ declaration

For the year ended 31 December 2022

In the Directors’ opinion:

(a)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable; and

(b)  the financial statements and notes set out on pages 70 to 140 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) 

including: 

(i)  complying with the Australian Accounting Standards, and

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the Company’s and the consolidated Group’s financial positions as at 31 December 2022  

and their performance for the financial year ended on that date.

Note 1 (a) includes a statement that the financial report complies with International Financial Reporting Standards.

The Directors have been given declarations by the joint CEO’s and CFO required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

Jeffrey Browne
Independent Chair and Non-Executive Director

Julian Biggins
Director and Joint Chief Executive Officer

Sydney
23 February 2023

Sydney
23 February 2023

141

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Independent Auditor’s Report 

To the shareholders of MA Financial Group Limited 

Report on the audit of the Financial Report 

Opinion 

We have audited the Financial Report of MA 
Financial Group Limited (the Company). 

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial 
Report of the Company is in accordance with 
the Corporations Act 2001, including:  

•

•

giving a true and fair view of the Group’s
financial position as at 31 December
2022 and of its financial performance for
the year ended on that date; and

complying with Australian Accounting
Standards and the Corporations
Regulations 2001.

The Financial Report comprises: 

•

•

consolidated statement of financial position as at
31 December 2022;

consolidated statement of profit or loss and other
comprehensive income, consolidated statement
of changes in equity, and consolidated statement
of cash flows for the year then ended;

• notes including a summary of significant

accounting policies; and

• Directors’ Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities 
it controlled at the year-end or from time to time 
during the financial year. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the 
audit of the Financial Report section of our report.  

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical 
requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our 
audit of the Financial Report in Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.  

142

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated 

with KPMG International Limited, a private English company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and 

logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by 

a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

142 

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportIndependent auditor’s report (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Key Audit Matters 

The Key Audit Matters we identified are: 

• Advisory success fees revenue recognition;

• Acquisition accounting; and

• Trail commission

Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our 
professional judgement, were of most significance 
in our audit of the Financial Report of the current 
period.  

These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Advisory success fees revenue recognition ($58.4m) 

Refer to Note 4 to the Financial Report 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

Advisory success fees revenue recognition is a 
key audit matter due to the: 

•

•

significance of this revenue to the
Group’s results; and

the judgement required with respect to
assessing the timing of revenue
recognition, specifically when the Group
satisfied its performance obligation as
stipulated by the conditions of the
underlying contracts, which may vary.

In assessing this key audit matter, we involved 
senior audit team members who understand 
the Group’s business, industry and the 
economic environment in which it operates. 

Our procedures included: 

•

•

•

•

•

assessing the Group's revenue recognition
policy against AASB 15 Revenue from
Contracts with Customers requirements;

obtaining an understanding of processes,
systems and controls for advisory success
fee revenue. We also tested key controls
such as the manual review and approval by
management of key revenue calculations
and customer invoices;

for a sample of transactions, checking
recorded revenue to evidence of deal
completion, customer invoices, bank
statements and the relevant features of the
underlying signed customer contracts;

for a sample of invoices issued to
customers shortly prior to, and post, year-
end, checking:

•

•

the timing of fee revenue recorded
against evidence of deal completion,
the details of the service description
on the customer invoice and signed
customer contracts;

the accuracy of the fee by comparing
to the underlying contracts;

assessing the adequacy of disclosures in
the financial report using our understanding
obtained from our testing and against the
requirements of the accounting standard.

143 

143

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportIndependent auditor’s report (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Acquisition accounting ($146.9m) 

Refer to Note 37 to the Financial Report 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

During the financial year, the Group acquired 
100% of Finsure for consideration of $152.2m, 
and the remaining 52.5% interest in MKM for 
consideration of $11.3m, resulting in the 
recognition of contract assets and contract 
liabilities, customer contracts and other 
intangible assets, and goodwill.    

These acquisitions are considered to be a key 
audit matter due to the:  

•

size of the acquisitions having a significant
impact on the Group’s financial statements;

• Group’s judgement and the inherent

uncertainty relating to the determination of
the fair values of assets and liabilities
acquired in the transaction requiring
significant audit effort. The Group engaged
an external valuation expert to assess the
fair value of certain assets and liabilities,
including customer contracts and other
intangible assets; and

•

complexity of the Group’s valuation model
used to determine the fair value of acquired
intangibles assets.

These factors drive additional audit effort, most 
notably on the feasibility of key assumptions.  

The key assumptions we focused on in the 
valuations of intangible assets included forecast 
earnings, discount rates and useful lives.  

We involved our valuation specialists to 
supplement our senior audit team members in 
assessing this key audit matter.   

Our procedures included: 

•

•

•

evaluating the accounting treatment of the
acquisitions by the Group against the
requirements of AASB 3 Business
Combinations;

inspecting the underlying transaction
agreements to understand the terms of the
acquisition and nature of the assets and
liabilities acquired;

assessing the accuracy of the calculation and
measurement of consideration paid to acquire
Finsure and MKM based on the underlying
transaction agreements and the Group’s bank
statements;

• working with our valuation specialists,

assessing the Group’s external expert reports
and:

•

•

•

considering the objectivity, competence
and scope of the Group’s external
valuation experts;

evaluating the valuation methodology,
used to determine the fair value of assets
and liabilities acquired, against accounting
standard requirements and observed
industry practices;

assessing the key assumptions in the
Group’s external valuation expert reports
prepared in relation to the identification
and valuation of customer contracts and
other intangible assets, including:

•

evaluating the reasonableness of
forecast earnings through
challenging and sensitising key
assumptions and by checking for
consistency with the Group’s
valuation model used as part of the
pre-acquisition due diligence
process;

•

assessing key customer contracts,
including their useful lives, by using

144 

144

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportIndependent auditor’s report (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

our industry experience and 
knowledge of the terms and 
conditions of a sample of the 
underlying agreements;  

•

•

•

independently developing a discount rate
range considered comparable using publicly
available market data for relevant entities,
adjusted by risk factors specific to the Group
and the industries in which it operates;

recalculating the goodwill balance recognised
as a result of the transaction and compared it
to the goodwill amount recorded by the
Group; and

assessing the adequacy of disclosures in
the financial report using our understanding
obtained from our testing and against the
requirements of the accounting standard.

Trail commission ($35.9m) 

Refer to Note 18 to the Financial Report 

The key audit matter 

How the matter was addressed in our audit 

Post-acquisition of the Finsure business, the 
Group recognised a contract asset using the 
expected value method representing the net 
present value of future trail commission 
receivable under AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers. The Group also 
recognised a corresponding trail commission 
payable under AASB 9 Financial Instruments as 
representation of the net present value of trail 
commission payments to brokers.  

This is a key audit matter due to the size of 
the contract assets and contract liabilities, 
and significant judgement applied to assess 
the Group’s estimation of the value of trail 
commissions receivable and payable. We 
focused on the key inputs and assumptions 
the Group applied in their net present value 
(NPV) model, including: 

•

•

•

discount rates, which are judgemental in
nature and may vary between different
underlying cohorts of trail commissions;

percentage of commissions paid to
brokers; and

loan book run-off rate assumptions,
reflecting the expected loan attrition

Working with our valuation specialists, our 
procedures included: 

•

•

•

•

•

evaluating the Group’s processes and
testing key controls such as the review and
approval of assumptions used in the
Group’s NPV model for estimating the
value of the trail commissions receivable
and payable;

assessing the completeness and accuracy
of the loan data and commission
percentage used in the Group’s NPV model
by testing a sample of the data to external
underlying documents such as lender
commission statements and contracts with
lenders and brokers;

assessing the appropriateness of the
methodology adopted in the Group’s NPV
model against accepted industry practice
and the requirements of the accounting
standards;

recalculating the trail commission
receivable and payable;

assessing the key assumptions by:

•

independently developing discount

145 

145

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportIndependent auditor’s report (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

rate of the portfolio over time, which is 
subject to change. 

We involved our valuation specialists in 
assessing this key audit matter. 

rate ranges considered comparable 
using publicly available market data for 
comparable entities, adjusted by risk 
factors specific to the Group; 

comparing the loan book run-off rate
assumptions to contracted maturities
in the relevant portfolio;

challenging the run-off rate by
comparing to historical internal
information and available industry
market data, and using our knowledge
of the current economic environment;

evaluating the sensitivity of the NPV
model calculations by considering
reasonably possible changes to the
discount rate and loan book run-off
rate; and

•

•

•

•

assessing of the adequacy of disclosures
against the requirements of the accounting
standards.

Other Information 

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in MA Financial Group Limited’s annual 
reporting which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor’s Report. The Directors 
are responsible for the Other Information. The Other Information we obtained prior to the date of this 
Auditor’s Report was the Directors’ Report, Operating and Financial Review and Remuneration 
Report. The Messages from the Chair and Managing Director, Sustainability Report and Additional 
Shareholder Information are expected to be made available to us after the date of the Auditor's 
Report. 

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the 
Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinion. 

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other 
Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with 
the Financial Report, or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
Other Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we 
obtained prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report. 

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 

The Directors are responsible for: 

• preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001;

•

implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that
gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error; and

146 

146

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportIndependent auditor’s report (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

•

assessing the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the
use of the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting
unless they either intend to liquidate the Group and Company or to cease operations, or have
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report 

Our objective is: 

•

•

to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and

to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of the Financial Report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 
https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf. This description forms part of our 
Auditor’s Report. 

Report on the Remuneration Report 

Opinion 

Directors’ responsibilities 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report 
of the Group for the year ended 31 
December 2022, complies with Section 
300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the 
preparation and presentation of the Remuneration 
Report in accordance with Section 300A of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

Our responsibilities 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in 
pages 46 to 66 of the Directors’ report for the year 
ended 31 December 2022.  

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

KPMG 

Shaun Kendrigan 
Partner 

Sydney 
23 February 2023 

147 

147

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report05  Additional InformationMA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAdditional information

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Dividend details

MA Financial Group Limited aims to pay an interim and final dividend following its half-year and full-year financial results 
announcements respectively. 

The payment date for the dividend following the announcement of the 2022 results is 22 March 2023.

Share registry details

The following information is correct as at 13 February 2023.

Registered holder

MOELIS & CO INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LLC

MAGIC TT PTY LTD 

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

MAGIC TT 2 PTY LTD 

MAFG SHARE PLAN PTY LTD 

NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

TOUCHARD PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD

MAFG SHARE PLAN PTY LTD 

MAFG SHARE PLAN PTY LTD 

RICHARD GERMAIN AND NINA GERMAIN 

JILL ADORA PTY LTD

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD HUB24 CUSTODIAL SERV LTD 

NETWEALTH INVESTMENTS LIMITED 

Number of ordinary  
shares held

% of ordinary  
shares

23,500,000

23,037,088

16,295,089

14,850,000

10,474,440

10,327,388

8,060,986

7,112,639

3,359,077

3,324,472

2,595,624

2,539,946

2,448,094

1,829,853

1,724,677

1,524,602

1,364,480

1,083,735

1,011,809

13.42%

13.16%

9.31%

8.48%

5.98%

5.90%

4.60%

4.06%

1.92%

1.90%

1.48%

1.45%

1.40%

1.05%

0.99%

0.87%

0.78%

0.62%

0.58%

MR PETER FREDERICK PHILLIPS & MRS ALICE SAU HAN PHILLIPS 

828,855

0.47%

Distribution of shareholders

Holding

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Number of 
shareholders

Number of  
ordinary shares

% of ordinary 
shares

1,458

1,892

711

681

64

719,132

5,006,912

5,214,254

16,910,317

0.41%

2.86%

2.98%

9.66%

147,223,318

84.09%

149

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportAdditional information (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Unmarketable parcels

There were 115 shareholders (representing 2,794 shares) who held less than a marketable parcel.

Substantial shareholders

Name

MA Financial Group Limited

Moelis & Company International Holdings LLC

Magic TT Pty Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Ltd

Magic TT 2 Pty Limited

National Nominees Limited

Voting rights

Number of  
ordinary shares

% of ordinary 
shares

52,639,475

23,500,000

23,037,088

16,312,415

14,850,000

10,327,388

30.07%

13.42%

13.16%

9.32%

8.48%

5.90%

At meetings of members or classes of members, each member may vote in person or by proxy, attorney or (if the member is 
a body corporate) corporate representative. On a show of hands, every person present who is a member or a proxy, attorney 
or corporate representative of a member has one vote and on a poll every member present in person or by proxy, attorney or 
corporate representative has one vote for each fully paid share held by the member.

Voting escrow shares

As at 13 February 2023, 11,666,666 shares were subject to voluntary escrow. The voluntary escrow period ends on the dates 
and for the amount of shares set out in the table below:

Date of release

10 April 2023

Share options

Number of shares  
released from escrow

11,666,666

The table below sets out the number of share options, with each share option carrying the right to acquire one share in the 
Company at a future date, outstanding as at 13 February 2023:

Number of holders

Share Options

5

7

13

8

34

17,136

60,002

414,204

1,495,071

1,986,413

Size of holding

Under 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Total share options

150

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportGlossary

Term

AASB

Act

AM

ASX

AUM

Board

CA&E

Definition

Australian Accounting Standards Board

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

Asset Management

Australian Securities Exchange of ASX Limited (ABN 98 008 624 691) and the market operated by 
ASX Limited.

Assets under management

The Board of Directors of MA Financial Group Limited

Corporate Advisory & Equities

Company

MA Financial Group Limited (ABN 68 142 008 428), a company limited by shares

Corporations Act

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

Directors

The Directors of the Company as at the date of this Report 

EAD

EBITDA

ECL

ECM

Exposure at default

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

Expected credit loss

Equity capital markets

Employees

Employees of the Group

Employee Share Trust

MA Employee Share Trust established by trust deed dated 15 March 2017

EPS

Earnings per share

Equity Incentive Plan

MA Financial Group Equity Incentive Plan

ESG

Environmental, Social and Governance

Existing Staff Trusts

Trusts established prior to the IPO of the Company, which hold shares on behalf of current and 
former employees of the Group. 

FVTOCI

FVTPL

FY20

FY21

Fair value through other comprehensive income

Fair value through profit or loss

For the financial year ended 31 December 2020

For the financial year ended 31 December 2021

151

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportGlossary (continued)

Term

FY22

Definition

For the financial year ended 31 December 2022

GRI Standards

Global Reporting Initiative

Group

The Company and its subsidiaries 

HNW

IASB

IFRS

IPO

KMP

LGD

High Net Worth

International Accounting Standards Board

International Financial Reporting Standards

Initial Public Offering

Key management personnel

Loss given default

MA Financial Group

The Company and/or its subsidiaries as the context requires

Moelis & Company

Moelis & Company Group LP, listed on the New York Stock Exchange

NPAT

NYSE

PD

RBA

REIT

ROU

Net profit after tax

New York Stock Exchange

Probability of default

Reserve Bank of Australia

Real Estate Investment Trust

Right-of-use

Shareholder

The holder of a share

Shares

Fully paid ordinary shares of the Company

Share options

Options over unissued shares of the Company

Share rights

Rights to receive Shares at some point in the future

Small Cap

Any company outside of the ASX 100 and measured against the S&P/ASX Small Ordinaries Index

Staff Trustee 

Magic TT Pty Ltd (ACN 143 275 138) and Magic TT 2 Pty Ltd (ACN 636 844 356) as trustees of 
the Existing Staff Trusts

152

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual ReportSHARE REGISTRY

Boardroom Pty Limited

Level 12, Grosvenor Place

255 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Tel: 1300 737 760

www.boardroomlimited.com.au

moelis@boardroomlimited.com.au

AUDITOR

KPMG 
Level 38 Tower Three 
300 Barangaroo Avenue 

Sydney NSW 2000

WEBSITE

www.MAFinancial.com

Corporate directory

DIRECTORS

Jeffrey Browne (Chair)

Andrew Pridham (Group Vice Chair)

Alexandra Goodfellow

Kenneth Moelis

Kate Pilcher Ciafone

Simon Kelly

Nikki Warburton

Julian Biggins

Christopher Wyke

COMPANY SECRETARY

Janna Robertson

Rebecca Ong

REGISTERED OFFICE

Principal place of business

Level 27, Brookfield Place

10 Carrington Street

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel: + 61 2 8288 5555

Sydney

Level 27, Brookfield Place

10 Carrington Street

Sydney NSW 2000

Tel: + 61 2 8288 5555

Melbourne

Level 20, South Tower

80 Collins Street

Melbourne VIC 3000

Tel: +61 3 8650 8650

Hong Kong

Level 29, Two International Finance Centre

8 Finance Street

Hong Kong

Shanghai

Level 38, Park Place

1601 Nan Jing West Road

Jing An District 200040

Shanghai

Tel: +86 021 6137 3216

153

MA Financial Group | 2022 Annual Report